A
BRIEFE
COLLECTION
OF
THE
CONTENTS
OF
ALL
THE
CHAPTERS
,
AS
WELL
OF
THE
OLD
AS
NEWE
Testament
.
The
first
Booke
of
Moses
,
called
in
Hebrewe
B●reschit
and
in
Greeke
Genesis
:
hath
fiftie
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
_1
HOW
Heauen
,
Earth
,
the
light
,
the
Chapters
.
50.
Firmament
,
the
Sunne
,
the
Moone
,
the
Stars
,
and
fishes
in
the
Sea
,
and
all
beasts
and
fowles
,
were
made
by
the
word
of
God
,
and
how
Man
was
also
created
.
2
The
hollowing
of
the
Saboth
day
,
the
tree
of
knowledge
is
forbidden
,
Adam
nameth
all
creatures
:
Hena
is
created
,
and
mariage
is
ordained
.
3
The
Serpent
deceiueth
the
woman
:
the
Serpent
,
woman
and
man
,
are
cursed
and
driuen
out
of
Paradice
:
Christ
the
blessed
séed
of
the
woman
is
promised
.
4
Kain
killeth
his
righteous
brother
Habel
;
Kain
is
cursed
,
The
Contents
of
Genesis
.
and
d●spaireth
,
the
generation
of
Henoch
,
Mathuiale
,
Tubal
,
Lamech
,
Sheth
,
and
Enosh
.
5
The
Genealogie
of
Adam
and
other
Fathers
,
and
the
yeeres
of
their
liues
,
vnto
Noah
and
his
children
.
6
The
cause
of
the
flood
is
the
sinne
of
man
,
Noah
the
iust
is
preserued
in
the
Ark
with
all
kinde
of
beasts
.
7
Noah
with
them
that
were
with
him
,
entreth
into
the
Arke
:
the
●loud
destroyeth
all
the
rest
vpon
the
earth
.
8
The
waters
of
the
flouds
being
diminished
,
Noah
sendeth
forth
the
Ra●en
,
and
the
Doue
:
Noah
goeth
out
of
the
Arke
,
and
offereth
sacrifice
vnto
God
.
9
God
blesseth
Noah
and
his
sonnes
,
God
giueth
libertie
Chapters
.
50.
of
meate
,
and
forbiddeth
the
eating
of
blood
,
he
promiseth
no
more
to
destroy
the
world
with
water
,
and
giueth
the
rainebowe
for
a
token
thereof
.
10
The
encrease
of
man-kinde
by
Noah
and
his
sonnes
,
the
beginning
of
Cities
,
Countries
,
and
Nations
,
after
the
flood
.
11
The
building
of
the
Tower
of
Babel
,
the
confusion
of
tongues
,
the
generation
of
Sem
the
sonne
of
Noah
vnto
Abram
,
which
goeth
with
Lot
to
Haran
.
12
Abram
is
blessed
of
God
,
and
goeth
with
Lot
to
the
land
of
Canaan
,
which
God
promised
to
giue
to
him
and
his
seed
:
Abram
goeth
into
Egypt
,
his
wife
calleth
herselfe
his
sister
,
for
whom
Pharao
is
plagued
.
13
Abram
and
Lot
departe
out
of
Egypt
,
Abram
deuideth
the
land
and
cattell
with
Lot
his
brothers
sonne
:
the
promise
made
to
Abram
is
renued
.
14
Lot
after
the
spo●le
of
Sodom
is
taken
prisoner
,
Abram
The
Contents
of
Genesis
.
deliuereth
him
:
Melchisede●
offereth
gifts
to
Abram
.
15
The
Lord
is
Abrams
defence
and
reward
,
God
promiseth
seed
to
Abram
,
and
he
beleeued
and
was
●…ified
:
the
land
of
Canaan
is
●et
againe
promised
to
Abram
.
16
Sara
g●●●th
Abram
leaue
to
take
Hagar
her
maide
to
wise
,
Hagar
despiseth
her
mistresse
,
and
being
euill
entreated
,
runneth
away
from
Sara
,
an
Angell
comforteth
her
,
willing
her
to
turne
againe
,
and
nameth
her
first
c●●lde
Ishmael
.
17
Abram
is
called
Abraham
:
the
land
of
Canaan
is
promised
vnto
Abraham
the
fift
time
,
Circum●●sion
is
ordained
:
Sarai
is
named
Sarah
,
Izhac
is
promised
again
vnto
Abraham
,
Abraham
Circumciseth
him selfe
,
Ishmael
,
and
his
houshold
seruants
.
18
Christ
is
promised
to
all
Nations
,
the
destruction
of
Sodome
is
declared
to
Abraham
,
Abraham
praieth
for
them
.
19
Lot
receiueth
two
Angels
into
his
house
,
the
filthie
lusts
of
the
Sodomites
,
Sodome
is
destroyed
.
20
Abraham
dwelleth
as
a
●tranger
in
the
land
of
Gerar.
21
Izhac
is
borne
,
Hagar
is
cast
out
with
her
young
sonne
Ishmael
,
the
Angell
comforteth
her
.
22
The
faith
of
Abraham
is
tryed
in
offring
his
sonne
Chapters
.
50.
Izhac
:
Izhac
is
a
figure
of
Christ
.
23
Abraham
bewaileth
Sarahs
death
,
he
buyeth
the
field
for
her
buriall
of
Ephron
the
Hittite
,
Sarah
is
laid
in
her
graue
.
24
Abraham
causeth
his
seruant
to
sweare
to
take
a
wise
for
Izhac
of
his
owne
kinred
.
25
Abraham
taketh
Ketura
to
wise
and
begetteth
many
children
:
the
patrimony
giuen
to
Izhak
and
guiftes
to
the
children
of
his
concubines
:
the
birth
of
Ia●ob
and
Esau
.
26
Abimelech
rebuketh
Izhak
for
●alling
his
wife
his
sister
:
the
attonement
betwéene
Abimelech
and
Izhak
.
27
Iacob
s●●●●●e●h
●is
fathers
blessing
from
Esau
by
his
mothers
counsa●le
,
Esau
hateth
Iacob
.
Rebecca
sendeth
Iacob
aw●●
into
●aran
to
his
Vncle
Laban
.
28
Izhak
f●rbiddeth
Iacob
to
take
a
wise
of
the
Canaanites
:
Iacob
setteth
vp
a
Pillar
and
maketh
a
vow
.
29
Iacob
commeth
to
his
Vncle
Laban
,
and
serueth
him
seauen
yeeres
for
his
daughter
Rahel
.
Lea
was
brought
to
his
bed
in
steed
of
Rahel
.
30
Rahel
and
Lea
being
both
barren
,
giue
their
maides
to
The
Contents
of
Genesis
.
the●r
husband
,
God
enricheth
Laban
for
Iacobs
sake
,
and
blessed
Iacob
with
●lentie
.
31
Labans
children
doe
grudge
against
Iacobs
wealth
,
Rahel
stealeth
her
fathers
goods
,
Laban
pursueth
Iacob
.
32
God
comforteth
Iacob
by
a
vision
of
Angels
,
Iacob
w●estleth
with
the
Angell
who
named
him
Israel
.
33
Esau
méeteth
his
brother
Iacob
,
and
is
agréed
with
him
:
Iacob
bu●eth
a
possession
,
and
buildeth
an
Altar
vnto
God
.
34
The
ra●●shing
of
Dina
Iacobs
daughter
by
Shechem
the
sonne
of
Hamor
,
who
requireth
her
in
mariadge
for
his
sonne
:
the
sonnes
of
Iacob
doe
guilefully
require
the
Schechemites
to
be
circumcised
,
the
whoredome
is
reuenged
by
Simeon
and
Leui
Iacobs
sonnes
:
Iacob
reproueth
his
sonnes
.
35
Iacob
at
Gods
commandement
goeth
vp
to
Bethell
,
and
burieth
his
images
vnder
an
Oke
:
Rahel
dyeth
in
trauaile
of
Beniamine
.
36
The
wifes
of
Esau
.
Iacob
and
Esau
are
enriched
.
Esau
departeth
from
Iacob
,
and
dwelleth
in
mount
Seir
:
the
Pedegrée
of
Esau
.
37
Ioseph
telleth
his
dreames
,
and
is
hated
of
his
brethren
,
Chapters
.
50.
Iacob
being
perswaded
that
his
soune
Ioseph
was
dead
,
bewaileth
him
.
38
The
mariage
of
Iudah
,
the
trespasse
of
Er
and
Onan
,
and
the
vengeance
of
God
that
came
therefore
.
39
Ioseph
is
sold
to
Putiphar
,
God
prospereth
Ioseph
and
blesseth
Putiphar
for
Iosephs
sake
,
Ioseph
doth
withstand
the
temptation
of
his
mistresse
:
he
is
falsly
accused
and
cast
into
prison
,
where
God
sheweth
him
sauour
.
40
Ioseph
expoundeth
the
dreames
of
the
two
prisoners
,
the
truth
whereof
appeared
at
the
birth
day
of
Pharaoh
.
41
Ioseph
expoundeth
Pharoes
▪
dreams
of
Kine
&
Eares
,
he
is
made
ruler
ouer
all
Egypt
,
the
dearth
beginneth
in
all
lands
.
42
Iacob
sendeth
Iosephs
brethren
into
Egypt
,
to
buy
Corne
,
Ioseph
knoweth
them
,
and
●rieth
them
,
Simeon
remaineth
in
prison
,
the
other
returne
to
their
father
to
fetch
Beniamin
,
Iacob
is
loath
to
let
Beniamin
goe
,
but
at
the
last
The
Contents
of
Genesis
.
he
is
content
.
43
Iacob
suffereth
Beniamin
to
depart
with
his
children
.
44
Ioseph
commanndeth
his
cup
to
be
put
in
the
Sacke
of
Beniamin
:
the
cup
is
found
in
the
Sacke
of
Beniamin
.
Ioseph
accuseth
his
brethren
of
theft
:
Iudah
offereth
himselfe
to
be
bound
for
his
brother
Beniamin
.
45
Ioseph
maketh
himselfe
knowne
to
his
brethren
,
hée
comforteth
them
,
&
sheweth
that
he
was
sent
thither
by
Gods
prouidence
.
46
God
assureth
Iacob
of
his
iourney
into
Egypt
.
47
Iacob
commeth
before
Pharaoh
to
whome
Pharaoh
giueth
the
land
of
Gossen
.
48
Ioseph
with
his
two
sonnes
visiteth
his
sicke
father
.
Iacob
rehearseth
Gods
promises
.
49
Iacob
blesseth
all
his
sonnes
by
name
,
and
sheweth
them
what
is
to
come
,
he
appointeth
the
place
of
his
buriall
.
50
Iacob
is
honorably
buried
.
Ioseph
forgiueth
his
brethren
all
iniuries
done
vnto
him
.
The
second
Booke
of
Moses
in
Latine
with
a
Greeke
word
called
Exodus
,
and
in
Hebrewe
Vellesech●moth
:
hath
fortie
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THE
Children
of
Iacob
which
came
into
Aegipt
:
the
Chapters
.
40.
new
Pharaoh
goeth
about
to
oppresse
them
in
vaine
,
by
ouerburdning
of
them
,
by
murther
and
drowning
of
their
men
Children
:
the
Midwiues
haue
pitty
on
them
,
and
be
rewarded
of
God
.
2.
Moses
is
borne
and
cast
into
the
Flages
:
he
is
taken
vp
of
Pharaoes
Daughter
and
deliuered
to
his
owne
Mother
to
be
nurssed
.
3.
Moses
kéepeth
the
shéepe
of
Iethro
his
Father
in
law
:
God
appeareth
to
him
in
a
Bush
,
and
sendeth
him
to
deliuer
the
Children
of
Israell
.
4.
God
giueth
thrée
signes
vnto
Moses
,
which
doe
declare
that
he
was
sent
of
God
:
Moses
taketh
his
leaue
of
his
Father
The
Contents
of
Exodus
.
in
law
.
5.
Moses
and
Aaron
doe
their
message
to
Pharao
,
who
will
not
suffer
the
Children
of
Israell
to
depart
,
but
oppresseth
them
more
and
more
.
6.
God
renueth
his
promise
concerning
the
deliuerance
of
the
Israelites
.
7.
Moses
and
Aaron
speake
to
Pharao
,
they
turne
the
Rod
into
a
Serpent
,
and
the
Water
into
blood
,
and
Pharaoes
Sorcerers
doe
the
like
.
And
Pharaoes
heart
is
hardned
the
more
.
8.
The
plague
of
Frogs
,
which
die
at
the
praier
of
Moses
.
Moses
prayeth
againe
,
but
Pharaoes
heart
is
hardned
.
9.
The
Moraine
of
Beases
,
the
plague
of
Botches
and
Soares
.
The
horrible
Haile
,
Thunder
,
and
Lightnings
.
10.
The
plague
of
Grashoppers
.
Pharao
confesseth
his
sinne
.
Pharao
forbiddeth
Moses
to
come
any
more
in
his
presence
.
Chapters
.
40.
11.
The
Lord
commandeth
the
Hebrues
to
rob
the
Aegiptians
.
The
death
of
the
first
borne
of
all
things
in
Aegipt
is
signified
.
12.
The
Lord
ordaineth
the
Passeouer
.
The
Number
that
went
out
of
Egypt
,
and
how
long
they
continued
in
Egypt
.
13.
The
first
borne
are
sanctified
vnto
the
Lord
.
Children
must
be
taught
how
their
Fathers
were
deliuered
out
of
Egypt
.
14.
Pharaos
heart
is
hardned
and
he
pursueth
the
Israelits
.
15.
Moses
with
the
men
and
women
sing
praises
vnto
God
for
their
deliuerance
.
16.
The
Israelites
come
into
the
Deserts
of
Sin
,
Manna
is
reserued
for
a
Remembrance
vnto
their
Posterity
.
17
The
Israelites
come
into
Rephidim
.
Moses
holdeth
vp
his
hands
in
prayer
,
and
the
Amaleckites
are
ouercome
.
18.
Iethro
Moses
Father
in
law
,
brought
his
Wife
and
The
Contents
of
Exodus
.
Children
vnto
him
.
19.
The
People
are
commanded
to
be
sanctified
.
20.
The
ten
Commandements
of
God
are
declared
vnto
the
People
.
Gods
of
Siluer
and
Gold
are
againe
forbidden
.
21.
Iudiciall
and
ciuill
Ordinances
appointed
by
God
touching
seruitude
,
stealing
of
men
,
man
slaughter
,
cursing
of
Parents
,
brawling
,
punishment
of
like
with
like
,
and
of
a
goaring
Ore
and
such
like
.
22.
The
Lawes
of
God
concerning
Theft
,
Domage
,
Lending
,
Borrowing
,
entising
of
Maids
,
Witchcraft
,
Idolatry
,
supporting
of
Widdowes
,
Strangers
,
and
Fatherlesse
,
Vsurie
,
Reuerence
to
Magistrates
.
23.
A
multitude
is
not
to
be
followed
in
euill
,
the
reward
of
them
that
kéepe
the
commandements
.
24.
Moses
offered
vp
Sacrifice
vnto
the
Lord
,
and
sprinckled
the
People
with
the
blood
of
the
Couenant
.
The
People
promise
obedience
vnto
the
Lord
.
25.
The
voluntary
guifts
for
making
the
Tabernacle
.
26
The
forme
of
the
Tabernacle
and
furniture
thereof
.
27.
The
forme
of
the
Altar
of
burnt
Sacrifice
,
the
fashion
Chapters
.
40.
of
the
entrance
of
the
Tabernacle
,
the
Oyle
of
the
Lampe
.
28.
The
Lord
calleth
Aaron
and
his
Sonnes
to
the
Priesthood
,
and
the
forme
of
their
Garments
is
described
.
29
The
manner
of
the
consecrating
of
the
Priests
,
of
the
the
two
Lambs
of
one
yeare
old
duely
to
be
offered
.
30.
The
forme
of
the
Altar
,
of
Incence
,
the
summe
that
the
Israelites
should
pay
to
the
Tabernacle
.
31.
The
Sabboth
day
is
the
signe
of
our
Sanctification
.
32.
The
Israelites
worship
the
Golden
Calfe
,
Moses
prayeth
for
the
Sinne
of
the
People
.
33.
The
Lord
sendeth
an
Angell
before
his
People
,
the
People
sorrow
because
the
Lord
denieth
to
goe
vp
with
them
.
34.
The
description
of
God
,
after
the
fast
of
forty
daies
:
Moses
commeth
downe
from
the
Mountaine
and
speaketh
to
The
Contents
of
Exodus
.
the
People
with
a
couered
face
.
35.
The
Sabboth
is
commanded
to
be
kept
.
36
,
The
great
readinesse
of
the
People
in
offering
toward
the
building
of
the
Tabernacle
.
37.
The
making
and
framing
of
the
Arke
of
Witnes
.
38.
The
Altar
of
the
whole
burnt
Offerings
,
the
Brasen
Lauer
,
the
somme
of
that
which
the
People
offered
.
39.
The
apparrell
of
Aaron
and
his
Sonnes
,
all
that
the
Lord
commanded
was
done
and
finished
.
Moses
blesseth
the
Peole
.
40.
The
Tabernacle
is
reard
vp
,
the
glory
of
the
Lord
appeareth
in
a
cloud
couering
the
Tabernacle
.
The
third
Booke
of
Moses
called
in
the
Hebrewe
Vaicrah
,
and
in
the
Latine
Leuiticus
:
hath
twenty
seauen
Chapters
.
The
contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
OF
whole
burnt
offerings
for
particular
persons
,
the
manner
to
offer
whole
burnt
Offerings
,
aswell
Chapters
,
27.
of
●ullocks
,
as
of
Shéepe
and
Birds
.
2.
The
order
of
meat
offerings
:
all
meat
offerings
must
be
seasoned
with
salt
.
3.
The
order
of
peace
offerings
,
of
Shéepe
,
of
Lambs
,
of
Goates
.
4.
The
offerings
for
the
sinnes
of
the
Priests
:
of
the
Congregation
,
the
Princes
,
the
priuate
persons
:
sinne
done
of
ignorance
.
5.
Of
Oaths
:
the
cleansing
of
him
that
toucheth
vncleane
things
:
the
purgation
of
an
Oath
,
and
of
sin
done
by
ignorance
.
The
Contents
of
L●uiticus
.
6.
The
offring
for
sinnes
which
are
done
willingly
:
the
offring
of
Aaron
and
his
●onnes
.
7.
Trespas
offrings
,
sinne
offrings
,
of
Peace
offrings
,
the
sat
and
blood
may
not
be
eaten
.
8.
The
C●nsecration
of
Aaron
and
his
Sonnes
,
and
of
the
annoynting
of
the
Tabernacle
.
9.
The
first
offrings
of
Aaron
.
Aaron
blesseth
the
people
:
the
●lory
of
the
Lord
●s
shewed
.
10.
Nadab
and
Abihu
are
slaine
:
Israel
mourneth
for
them
:
the
Priests
are
forbidden
w●●●
.
11.
Of
Beasts
,
Fishes
and
Birds
,
which
●e
cleane
,
and
which
be
vncleane
.
12.
A
law
how
Women
should
be
purged
after
their
deliuerance
.
13.
The
Priests
must
haue
a
consideration
and
iudge
Chapters
.
27.
who
are
Lepers
:
of
the
leprous
Garment
.
14.
The
cleansing
of
the
Leper
,
and
of
the
house
that
he
is
in
.
15.
The
manner
of
purging
the
vncleannes
both
of
Men
and
Women
.
16.
What
Aaron
must
doe
,
of
the
scape
Goat
,
the
cleansing
of
the
Sanctuary
.
17.
All
sacrifices
must
be
brought
to
the
doore
of
the
Tabernacle
:
to
De●●ls
they
may
not
offer
:
they
may
not
●at
blood
.
18.
The
Israelites
may
not
walke
after
the
m●●ner
of
the
●giptians
nor
Canaanites
,
what
degrée
of
kindred
may
marry
together
.
19.
A
repetition
of
sundry
Lawes
and
Ordinances
:
a
consideration
of
the
poore
.
20.
They
that
giue
of
their
seede
to
Molech
must
die
:
against
such
as
séeke
after
Sorcerers
.
21
At
what
Funeralls
the
Priests
may
be
present
,
how
pure
the
Priests
ought
to
be
touching
themselues
and
their
families
.
The
Contents
of
Leuiticus
.
22
Who
ought
to
abstaine
from
eating
the
things
that
were
offered
:
how
,
what
,
and
when
they
should
be
offered
.
23
Of
the
holie
daies
:
of
the
Sabboth
,
the
Passeouer
,
the
feasts
of
vnleauened
bread
.
24
The
Oyle
for
the
Lampes
:
he
that
blasphemeth
must
be
stoned
:
he
that
killeth
shall
be
killed
.
25
The
Sabboth
of
the
seauenth
yéere
,
and
the
yéere
of
Iubile
.
26
They
are
blessed
that
kéepe
the
commandements
of
God
,
and
cursed
are
they
that
kéepe
them
not
.
27
Of
diuers
vowes
,
and
redemption
of
the
same
:
all
Tythes
are
due
to
the
Lord
.
The
fourth
Booke
of
Moses
called
in
the
Hebrew
Vaiedabbar
,
and
in
the
Latine
Numery
,
hath
thirtie
sixe
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1
MOses
and
Aron
,
with
the
twelue
Princes
of
Tribes
,
Chapters
,
36.
are
commanded
of
the
Lord
to
number
them
that
are
méete
for
warre
,
The
Leuites
are
exempted
for
the
se●●●ce
of
the
Tabernacle
.
2
The
order
of
the
Tentes
,
the
heads
of
the
kinreds
of
Israel
.
3
The
Leuites
goe
not
to
battaile
,
but
minister
in
the
Sanctuarie
,
they
pitch
their
Tents
next
to
the
habitation
.
4
The
Office
of
the
Leuites
.
5
The
Leprous
and
polluted
persons
,
shall
be
put
out
of
the
Tents
,
the
satisfaction
for
sinne
,
the
Law
of
Iealousie
.
6
The
Law
of
consecration
of
the
Nazarites
:
how
the
Priests
shall
blesse
the
people
.
The
Contents
of
Numbers
.
7
The
offring
of
the
heads
and
Princes
of
Israel
,
in
the
dedication
of
the
Tabernacle
and
the
Altar
:
the
Lord
speaketh
to
Moses
out
of
the
mercie
seate
.
8
The
order
of
the
Lampes
,
the
●orme
of
the
Candlesticke
:
the
cleansing
and
offering
of
the
Leuites
.
9
What
time
the
cleane
and
what
time
the
vncle●●e
ought
to
kéepe
the
p●ss●ouer
:
the
cloud
couering
the
●abernacle
leadeth
the
Israelites
through
the
wildern●…
.
10
The
Trumpets
of
●●●●er
,
and
their
vse
:
Ho●●b
ref●seth
to
goe
with
Moses
.
11
The
people
murmureth
▪
they
desire
●l●●●
:
the●…
Manna
:
it
ra●●eth
●uailes
,
the
〈…〉
are
〈…〉
12
Aron
&
Miriam
geudge
against
Moses
,
Miriam
is
stricken
Chapters
.
36.
with
Leprosie
and
healed
at
the
praier
of
Moses
.
13
Certaine
men
are
sent
to
search
the
land
of
Canaan
:
They
bring
of
the
fruit
of
the
land
.
14
The
people
murmure
against
Moses
and
Aron
:
they
would
haue
stoned
Caleb
and
Ioshua
.
15
What
manner
of
offerings
the
Israelites
should
offer
when
they
enter
into
the
land
of
promise
:
the
man
stoned
.
16
The
rebellion
of
Chorah
,
Dathan
and
Abiram
,
whome
the
earth
swallowed
vp
quicke
.
17
Arons
rodde
buddeth
and
beareth
blossoms
,
whereby
his
priest
hood
is
confirmed
against
the
rebellions
people
.
18
The
office
of
the
Leuites
,
the
Tithes
and
first
fruits
must
be
giuen
them
:
Arons
heritage
.
19
Of
the
ashes
of
the
red
Cowe
,
the
water
of
expiation
is
made
to
washe
away
diuers
vncleanesse
.
20
Miriam
the
sister
of
Moses
and
Aron
dieth
,
Moses
and
Aron
shall
not
enter
into
the
land
of
promise
.
21
Israel
vanquished
King
Arad
and
a
Cananite
:
the
fiery
Serpents
are
sent
to
sting
the
murmuring
people
.
The
Contents
of
Numbers
.
22
●ing
Balac
sendeth
twice
for
Balaam
to
curse
the
Isra●lites
,
the
Lord
forbiddeth
him
to
goe
,
the
Angell
rebuketh
him
,
and
Balaams
Asse
speaketh
.
23
Balaam
causeth
seauen
Altars
to
be
built
▪
God
teacheth
him
what
to
answer
:
in
st●●de
of
cursing
,
he
blesseth
the
Israelites
.
24
Balaam
Prophesieth
prosperously
of
the
Kingdome
of
Israel
▪
and
of
the
comming
of
Christ
.
25
For
the
fornication
of
the
people
committed
with
the
daughters
of
Moab
,
God
commandeth
the
chiefe
rulers
to
be
hanged
,
Phi●e●s
killeth
Zimri
and
Cosbi
.
26
The
children
of
Israel
are
numbred
in
the
plaine
of
Moab
from
twenty
yéeres
and
vpward
.
27
The
law
of
the
heritage
of
the
daughters
of
Zalphaad
,
Moses
praieth
for
a
gouernour
of
the
people
,
and
Ioshua
is
appointed
.
28
What
must
be
offered
on
euery
feast
day
.
29
What
must
be
offered
the
eight
first
daies
of
the
seauenth
month
.
30
Of
vowes
,
when
they
shall
be
kept
▪
and
when
not
.
Chapters
.
36.
31
The
Madianites
are
slaine
and
their
Citties
,
burnt
Balaam
als●
is
slaine
:
onely
the
virgins
are
reserued
aliue
.
32
Moses
giueth
to
the
Rube●tes
,
Gadites
,
and
to
the
halfe
〈…〉
o●
Manasses
their
portion
of
their
in
heritance
beyond
〈…〉
33
The
two
and
fortie
iourneis
of
Israel
are
numbred
:
they
are
commanded
to
kill
the
Canaanites
.
The
Contents
of
Numbers
.
34
The
costes
and
borders
of
the
land
of
promise
:
certaine
men
are
assigned
to
deu●de
the
land
.
35
The
law
of
man
slaughter
:
for
one
mans
witnesse
shall
no
man
be
condemned
.
36
An
order
for
the
marriage
of
the
daughters
of
Zalphaad
:
the
●n●eritance
could
not
be
giuen
from
one
Tribe
to
another
.
The
fift
Booke
of
Moses
called
in
Hebrew
Elle
haddebarim
,
and
in
Latine
Deuter●nomium
,
and
hath
thirtie
foure
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1
MOses
reproueth
the
people
for
their
in●redulitie
.
Chapters
.
34.
2
A
rehearsall
of
the
benefits
of
God
bestowed
vpon
his
people
:
his
people
Israel
is
forb●dden
to
fight
against
the
Edomites
,
Moabites
,
and
Ammomtes
:
Sehon
King
of
Hesbon
is
discom●●ted
.
3
Things
that
chanced
from
the
two
Kings
Sehon
&
Og
,
The
Contents
of
Deuteronomie
.
vnto
the
Institution
of
Iosuah
in
Moses
steade
.
4
An
exhortation
to
obserue
the
law
without
adding
thereto
or
diminishing
:
wée
must
teach
the
Law
to
our
children
:
wée
ought
to
make
no
Image
whereby
wée
might
be
induced
to
Idolatrie
.
5
Moses
is
the
meane
betwéene
God
and
the
people
,
the
Law
is
repeated
,
the
people
were
afraide
at
Gods
voice
,
the
Chapters
.
34.
Lord
wisheth
that
the
people
would
feare
him
:
they
must
neither
decline
to
the
right
hand
nor
left
.
6
An
exhortation
to
feare
God
and
kéepe
his
Commandements
,
God
ought
not
to
be
tempted
.
7
The
Israelites
may
make
no
conuenant
with
the
Gentiles
.
8
Moses
putteth
the
Israelites
in
remembrance
of
all
the
benefits
which
God
bestowed
vpon
them
,
and
the
afflictions
which
God
sent
them
in
the
wildernesse
,
least
the
forgetfulnesse
thereof
should
bring
them
to
destruction
.
9
God
is
not
good
to
them
for
their
owne
righteousnes
,
but
for
his
owne
sake
:
the
two
Tables
are
broken
,
Moses
praieth
for
the
people
.
10
The
Tables
are
renewed
and
put
into
the
Arke
.
11
An
exhortation
to
loue
God
,
and
alwaies
to
be
mindfull
of
his
Lawes
and
to
kéepe
them
.
The
Contents
of
Deuteronomie
.
12
God
commandeth
the
places
of
idolatrie
to
be
destroied
,
God
will
be
serued
as
he
doth
appoint
,
and
not
as
men
doe
fantasie
.
13
The
false
Prophets
and
the
inticers
to
idolatrie
must
be
put
to
death
.
14
The
manner
of
the
Gentiles
in
mourning
for
the
dead
may
not
be
followed
:
what
meates
are
cleane
to
be
eaten
and
what
not
.
15
The
forgiuenesse
of
debts
in
the
seauenth
yéere
:
to
help
the
poore
is
commended
:
the
freedome
of
seruants
.
16
Of
Easter
,
Whitesuntide
,
and
the
feasts
of
Tabernacles
:
what
Officers
and
Iudges
ought
to
be
ordained
.
Idolatrie
is
forbidden
.
17
The
punishment
of
the
Idolater
:
the
election
of
the
King
.
18
The
portion
of
the
Leuites
▪
God
will
not
leaue
them
without
a
true
Prophet
,
the
false
Prophet
shall
be
slaine
,
and
how
he
may
be
knowne
.
19
The
Townes
of
refuge
,
the
punishment
of
him
that
beareth
false
witnesse
.
20
The
exhortation
of
the
Priest
when
the
Israelites
goe
to
battell
:
peace
must
first
be
proclaimed
,
the
Trées
that
Chapters
.
43.
beare
fruit
must
not
be
destroied
.
21
Inquisition
for
murther
,
of
the
woman
taken
in
warre
,
the
birth
right
cannot
be
changed
for
affection
,
the
disobedient
childe
:
the
body
may
not
hang
all
night
.
22
He
commandeth
to
haue
care
of
our
neighbours
goods
:
of
the
wife
not
being
found
a
Virgin
:
the
punishment
of
adulterie
.
23
What
they
ought
to
auoid
when
they
goe
to
warre
,
to
●lee
all
kinde
of
whoredome
,
of
vsurie
,
of
vowes
.
24
Diuorcementis
permited
,
he
that
is
newly
married
is
exempted
from
warre
,
mercie
is
to
be
shewed
towards
the
poore
detters
.
25
The
beating
of
offenders
:
in
what
cause
a
womans
hand
must
be
cut
off
:
of
iust
weights
and
measures
.
26
The
offering
of
the
first
●●uites
:
to
what
honour
God
preferreth
them
which
acknowledge
him
to
be
their
Lord
.
27
They
are
commanded
to
write
the
Law
vpon
stone
for
a
remembrance
.
28
The
promise
to
them
that
obay
the
Commandments
,
the
threatning
of
them
that
disobay
them
.
The
Contents
of
Deuteronomie
29
The
people
are
exhorted
to
obserue
the
Commandements
,
the
whole
people
from
the
highest
to
the
lowest
are
comprehended
vnder
Gods
couenant
,
the
punishment
of
him
that
flattereth
himselfe
in
his
wickednesse
:
the
cause
of
Gods
wrath
against
his
people
.
30
Mercie
shewed
when
they
repent
:
life
&
death
is
set
before
them
:
the
Lord
is
their
life
which
obay
him
.
31
Moses
preparing
himselfe
to
die
,
appointeth
Iosuah
to
rule
the
people
,
he
giueth
the
Law
to
the
Leuites
that
they
should
reade
it
to
the
people
.
32
The
Song
of
Moses
concerning
Gods
benefites
towards
the
people
,
God
forewarneth
Moses
of
his
death
.
33
There
is
no
God
like
vnto
the
God
of
Israel
,
nor
any
people
like
vnto
his
.
34
Moses
séeth
all
the
land
of
Canaan
,
hée
dieth
,
Israel
wéepeth
,
Iosuah
succéedeth
in
Moses
roome
,
the
praise
of
Moses
.
The
Booke
of
Josuah
,
whome
the
Hebrewes
call
Ie●osuah
,
hath
twentie
foure
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1
THe
Lord
encourageth
Iosuah
to
i●uade
the
land
of
promise
,
Chapters
.
24.
the
Lord
promiseth
to
assist
Iosuah
if
he
obay
his
word
,
Iosuah
commandeth
the
people
to
prepare
themselues
to
passe
ouer
Iorden
,
and
exhorteth
the
Rubenites
to
execute
their
charge
.
2
Rahab
acknowledgeth
the
God
of
Israel
to
be
the
highest
God
.
3
Iosuah
commeth
with
the
people
vnto
Iorden
,
God
sheweth
by
miracles
that
he
is
with
Iosuah
and
that
he
guideth
the
people
.
4
Twelue
s●o●es
out
of
the
Channell
be
erected
,
for
a
sign●
of
the
drying
of
Io●den
.
5
Of
the
second
Circumcision
vnder
Iosuah
and
wherefore
it
was
:
Manna
fa●leth
and
becommeth
scarse
.
6
God
giueth
the
Citie
of
Iericho
vnto
Iosuah
,
Iericho
is
The
Contents
of
Iosuah
.
taken
Rahab
is
saued
,
the
builder
againe
of
Iericho
is
cursed
.
7
Achan
vsurpeth
of
the
Church
iewels
,
Ai
is
searched
,
what
things
Achan
had
conueied
of
those
which
ought
to
haue
bene
burnt
.
8
The
siege
and
winning
of
Ai
,
the
King
thereof
is
hanged
,
Iosuah
setteth
vp
an
Altar
,
hée
writeth
the
Law
vpon
st●●es
and
readeth
it
to
all
the
people
.
9
Certaine
Kings
are
gathered
against
Iosuah
▪
the
Gabaonites
doe
guile
fully
require
peace
of
Iosuah
,
the
G●b●on●tes
are
made
〈…〉
in
cu●t●●g
w●…
and
bearing
of
water
.
10
F●ne
Kings
make
warre
agai●…
G●b●on
wh●me
Iosuah
discom●●tet●
▪
the
●u●ne
s●andeth
st●ll
at
Io●●●hs
p●●●●r
,
the
fiue
Kings
are
ha●●ed
.
11
●…gs
are
gathered
against
Iosuah
,
God
●●
▪
deliuereth
all
the
Kings
vnto
Iosuah
,
which
had
conspired
against
Chapters
.
24.
him
.
12
The
rehearsall
of
the
Kings
which
were
smitten
of
the
Israelites
beyond
Iorden
.
13
The
Lord
commandeth
Iosuah
to
deuide
the
land
that
remaineth
vnto
the
Israelites
:
possession
is
not
giuen
vnto
the
Tribe
of
Leui
:
Balaam
is
put
to
death
.
14
The
land
of
Canaan
was
deuided
among
the
nine
Tribes
and
the
halfe
:
Caleb
requireth
the
heritage
that
was
promised
him
:
Hebron
was
giuen
him
.
15
The
lot
of
the
Children
of
Iuda
,
and
the
names
of
the
Cities
and
villages
of
the
same
:
Calebs
portion
:
the
request
of
Achsah
.
16
The
lot
or
part
of
Ephraim
:
the
Cananites
dwelleth
among
them
.
17
The
portion
of
the
halfe
Tribe
of
Manasses
:
a
portion
is
giuen
to
the
daughter
of
Zalphaad
18
The
Tabernacle
is
set
in
Silo
:
certaine
are
sent
to
deuide
The
Contents
of
Iosuah
.
the
land
to
the
other
seauen
Tribes
:
the
lot
of
the
Children
of
Beniamin
.
19
The
portion
of
Simeon
,
of
Zabulon
,
of
Isachar
,
of
Aser
,
of
Nepthali
,
of
Dan
,
the
portion
of
Iosuah
.
20
The
Lord
commandeth
Iosuah
to
appoint
Cities
of
refuge
,
the
vse
thereof
,
and
their
names
.
21
The
Cities
giuen
to
the
Leuites
in
number
eight
and
fortie
,
the
Lord
according
to
his
promise
gaue
the
Children
of
Israel
rest
.
22
Ruben
,
Gad
,
and
the
halfe
Tribe
of
Manasses
,
are
sent
againe
to
their
possessions
.
23
Iosuah
exhorteth
the
people
that
they
ioyne
not
themselues
to
the
Gentiles
.
24
Iosuah
rehearseth
Gods
benefits
,
and
exhorteth
the
people
to
feare
:
God
Iosuah
dieth
.
The
Booke
of
Iudges
called
in
the
Hebrew
Sophtim
,
and
in
the
Latine
Iudicum
:
hath
twentie
one
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1
AFter
Iosuah
was
dead
,
Iuda
was
constituted
Captaine
,
Chapters
.
21.
Adonihezek
is
taken
,
the
request
of
Achsah
,
the
Children
of
Leui
,
the
Canaanites
are
made
tributaries
but
not
destroyed
.
2
The
Angell
rebuketh
the
people
,
because
they
had
made
peace
with
the
Canaanites
:
the
cause
is
shewed
why
God
suffered
Idolaters
to
remaine
among
them
.
3
The
Canaanites
were
left
to
trie
Israel
,
Othoniel
deliuereth
Israel
,
Ahud
killeth
King
Eglon
:
Samger
killeth
the
Philistims
.
4
Debora
iudgeth
Israel
,
and
exhorteth
Barac
to
deliuer
the
people
:
Sifera
fléeth
,
and
is
killed
by
Iael
.
The
Contents
of
Iudges
.
5
The
Song
and
thankesgiuing
of
Debora
and
Barac
after
the
victorie
.
6
Israel
is
oppressed
of
the
Madianites
for
their
wickednesse
:
Gedeon
is
sent
to
be
their
deliuerer
:
he
asked
a
signe
.
7
The
Lord
commandeth
Gedeon
to
send
away
a
great
part
of
his
companie
:
the
Madianites
are
discomfited
by
a
wondrous
sort
:
Oreb
and
Zeb
are
flame
.
8
Ephraim
murmureth
against
Gedeon
:
he
maketh
an
Ephod
which
was
the
cause
of
Idolatrie
:
of
Gedeous
sonnes
and
his
death
.
9
Abim●lech
vsurpeth
the
Kingdome
,
and
putteth
his
brethren
to
death
:
Ioatham
proposeth
a
Parable
.
10
Thola
dieth
:
Iaire
also
dieth
:
the
Israelites
are
punished
for
their
sinnes
,
they
crie
vnto
God
and
he
hath
pittie
on
them
.
11
Iphtah
being
chased
away
by
his
brethren
,
was
after
Chapters
,
36.
made
Captaine
ouer
Israel
:
he
maketh
a
rash
vow
,
hée
vanquisheth
the
Ammonites
,
and
sacrifieth
his
daughter
according
to
his
vow
.
12
Iephtah
killeth
two
and
fortie
thousand
Ephramites
:
after
Iephtah
succéedeth
Ibzan
,
Elon
and
Abdon
.
13
Israel
for
their
wickednesse
is
oppressed
of
the
Philistims
:
the
Angell
appeareth
to
Manoahs
wife
:
the
Angell
commanded
him
to
sacrifie
vnto
the
Lord
:
the
birth
of
Sampson
.
14
Sampson
desireth
to
haue
a
wife
of
the
Philistims
:
hée
killeth
a
Lyon
,
he
propoundeth
a
riddle
,
he
killeth
thirtie
,
his
wife
forsaketh
him
and
taketh
an
other
.
15
Sampson
tieth
fire
brands
to
the
Foxes
tailes
:
the
Philistims
burne
his
father
in
lawe
and
his
wife
:
with
a
The
Contents
of
Iudges
.
iawe
bone
of
an
Asse
he
killeth
a
thousand
men
:
out
of
a
great
tooth
in
the
Iawe
God
giueth
him
water
.
16
Sampson
carieth
away
the
gates
of
Azza
:
hée
was
deceiued
by
Dalila
:
he
pulleth
downe
the
house
vpon
the
Philistims
and
dieth
with
them
.
17
Michas
mother
according
to
her
vow
,
made
her
sonne
two
Idols
.
18
The
Children
of
Dan
send
men
to
search
the
land
:
then
come
the
sixe
hundreth
and
take
the
Gods
and
the
Priest
of
Micah
away
:
they
destroy
Laish
.
19
Of
the
Leuite
whose
wife
was
villanously
killed
in
Gi●ea
:
the
Leuite
cutteth
her
in
twelue
péeces
and
sendeth
them
to
the
twelue
Tribes
.
20
The
Israelites
assemble
in
Mispah
,
to
whome
the
Leuite
declareth
his
wrong
:
they
send
for
them
that
did
the
villanie
.
21
The
Israelites
sweare
that
they
will
not
marrie
their
daughters
vnto
the
Beniamites
:
they
flay
them
of
Iaves
Gilead
,
and
giueth
their
Virgins
to
the
Beniamites
:
the
Beniamites
take
the
daughters
of
Silo.
The
Booke
of
Ruth
,
contayneth
foure
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1
ELimelech
goeth
with
his
wife
and
Children
into
the
Chapters
,
4.
land
of
Moab
,
he
and
his
sonnes
die
:
Naoni
and
Ruth
come
to
Bethelem
.
2
Ruth
gathereth
corne
in
the
fields
of
Booz
:
the
gentlenesse
The
Contents
of
Ruth
.
of
Booz
towards
her
.
3
Naomi
giueth
Ruth
counsell
:
she
sléepeth
at
Booz
féete
:
he
acknowledgeth
himselfe
to
be
her
kinsman
.
4
Booz
speaketh
to
Ruths
next
kinsman
touching
her
mariage
:
the
ancient
custome
in
Israel
:
Booz
marieth
Ruth
of
whome
he
begetteth
Obed
:
the
generation
of
Pharez
.
The
first
Booke
of
Samuel
,
otherwise
called
the
first
Booke
of
the
Kings
,
hath
thirtie
and
one
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1
THe
Genealogie
of
Elkanah
Father
of
Samuel
:
his
two
Chapters
.
31.
wiues
,
Hannah
was
barren
and
praied
to
the
Lord
:
her
answer
to
Eli.
Samuel
is
borne
,
she
doth
dedicate
him
to
the
Lord
.
The
Contents
of
1.
Samuels
2.
The
song
of
Hannah
.
The
sonnes
of
Eli
are
wicked
:
the
new
customes
of
the
Priests
.
Samuel
ministreth
before
the
Lord
.
Eli
blesseth
Elkanah
and
his
wife
.
3.
There
was
no
manifest
vision
in
the
time
of
Eli.
The
Lord
calleth
Samuel
thrée
times
,
and
sheweth
what
shall
Chapters
.
31.
come
vppon
Eli
and
his
house
:
the
same
thing
declareth
Samuel
to
Eli.
4.
The
Arke
of
the
Lord
is
taken
:
Eli
and
his
children
dye
.
5.
The
Philistims
bring
the
Arke
into
the
house
of
Dagon
.
The
men
of
Ashdod
are
plagued
.
The
Arke
is
carried
to
Gath
and
after
to
Ekron
.
6.
The
Philistims
offer
golden
Emerods
.
The
men
of
Beth
shemesh
are
striken
for
looking
into
the
Arke
.
7.
The
Arke
is
brought
to
Kiriath
iearim
.
Samuel
exhorteth
the
people
to
forsake
their
sinne
and
turne
to
the
Lord
.
The
Philistims
fight
against
Israel
and
are
ouercome
.
Samuel
iudgeth
Israel
.
8.
Samuel
maketh
his
sonnes
Iudges
ouer
Israel
,
who
follow
not
his
steps
.
The
Israelites
aske
a
King
.
9.
Saul
séeking
his
fathers
Asses
,
by
the
counsell
of
his
seruant
goeth
to
Samuel
.
The
Prophets
called
Seers
.
10.
Saul
is
annointed
King
by
Samuel
:
Samuel
assembleth
the
people
,
and
sheweth
them
their
sinnes
.
The
Contents
of
1.
Samuel
.
11.
Nahash
the
Ammonite
warreth
against
Iabesh
Gilead
who
asketh
helpe
of
the
Israelites
:
Saul
promiseth
help
,
the
Ammonites
are
slaine
:
the
kingdome
is
renued
.
12.
Samuel
declaring
to
the
people
his
integritie
,
reproueth
their
ingratitude
.
13.
Saul
being
disobedient
to
Gods
commandement
,
is
shewed
of
Samuel
that
he
shall
not
raigne
.
14.
Ionathan
and
his
harnesse
bearer
,
put
the
Philistims
to
flight
.
15.
Saul
is
commanded
to
slay
Amalek
,
he
spareth
Ag●g
and
the
best
things
:
Samuel
reproueth
him
.
16.
Samuel
is
reproued
of
God
and
is
sent
to
annoint
Dauid
.
God
regardeth
the
heart
.
The
Spirit
of
the
Lord
commeth
vppon
Dauid
.
17.
The
Philistims
make
warre
against
Israel
.
Goliath
defieth
Israel
:
Dauid
killeth
Goliath
and
the
Philistims
flee
.
18
The
amity
of
Ionathan
&
Dauid
.
Saul
would
haue
slaine
Dauid
:
Saul
feareth
Dauid
séeing
that
the
Lord
is
with
him
.
19.
Ionathan
declareth
to
Dauid
the
wicked
purpose
of
Chapters
.
31.
Saul
.
The
spirit
of
Prophesie
commeth
on
Saul
.
20.
Ionathan
comforteth
Dauid
:
they
renue
their
league
:
Saul
would
haue
killed
Ionathan
:
Ionathan
aduertiseth
Dauid
by
three
Arrowes
of
his
fathers
furie
.
21.
Dauid
fleeeth
to
Nob
to
Abimelech
the
Priest
:
he
getteth
of
him
the
shew
bread
to
satisfie
his
hunger
.
22.
Dauid
hideth
himselfe
in
a
Caue
:
many
that
were
in
trouble
came
vnto
him
.
23.
Dauid
chaseth
the
Philistims
from
Keila
.
Ionathan
comforteth
Dauid
:
Sauls
enterprise
is
broken
in
pursuing
Dauid
.
24.
Dauid
hid
in
a
Caue
spareth
Saul
,
he
sheweth
to
Saul
his
innocencie
:
Saul
acknoweledgeth
his
fault
:
he
causeth
Dauid
to
sweare
vnto
him
to
be
fauourable
to
his
seed
.
25.
Samuel
dieth
:
Nabal
and
Abigail
:
the
Lord
killeth
Nabal
:
Abigail
and
Ahinoam
Dauids
wiues
:
Michal
is
giuen
The
Contents
of
1.
Samuel
.
to
●halti
.
26
Dauid
was
discouered
vnto
Saul
by
the
Ziphims
:
Dauid
taketh
away
Sauls
speare
and
a
Cruce
of
water
that
stood
at
his
head
:
Saul
confesseth
his
sinne
.
27.
Dauid
f●eeth
to
Achish
King
of
Gath
,
who
giueth
him
▪
Ziklag
:
Dauid
destroieth
certaine
of
the
Philistims
:
Ach●sh
is
deceiued
b●
Dauid
.
28.
Dauid
had
the
chiefe
charge
promised
about
Achish
.
Saul
consulteth
with
a
Witch
,
and
she
causeth
him
to
speake
vnto
Samuel
who
declareth
him
ruine
.
29.
The
Princes
of
the
Philistims
cause
Dauid
to
be
sent
backe
from
the
battle
against
Israel
because
they
mistrusted
him
.
30.
The
Amalekites
burne
Ziklag
:
Dauids
two
wiues
are
taken
prisoners
:
the
people
would
●●one
him
.
31.
Saul
killeth
himselfe
,
his
children
are
slaine
in
the
battle
.
The
second
Booke
of
Samuel
otherwise
called
the
second
Booke
of
Kings
,
hath
twenty
and
foure
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
IT
was
told
Dauid
of
Sauls
death
:
he
causeth
him
to
be
Chapters
.
24.
slaine
that
brought
the
tidings
:
he
laments
the
death
of
Saul
and
Ionathan
.
2.
Dauid
is
annointed
King
in
Hebron
.
3.
Long
warre
betwéene
the
houses
of
Saul
and
Dauid
:
the
children
of
Dauid
in
Hebron
.
Abner
turneth
to
Dauid
:
Ioab
killeth
him
.
4
,
B●anah
and
Rechab
slay
Ish-bosheth
the
sonne
of
Saul
:
Dauid
commandeth
them
to
be
slaine
.
5.
Daud
is
made
King
ouer
all
Israel
:
he
taketh
the
Fort
The
Contents
of
2.
Samuel
.
of
Sion
:
he
asketh
counsell
of
the
Lord
,
and
ouercommeth
the
Philistims
twise
.
6.
The
Arke
brought
forth
of
the
house
of
Abinadab
:
Vzzah
is
striken
and
dieth
.
Dauid
danceth
before
the
Arke
,
and
is
therefore
despised
of
his
wife
Michal
.
7.
Dauid
would
build
God
an
house
,
but
is
forbidden
by
the
Prophet
Nathan
.
8.
Dauid
ouercommeth
the
Philistims
,
and
other
strange
Nations
,
and
maketh
them
tributaries
to
Israel
.
9.
Dauid
restoreth
all
the
lands
of
Saul
to
Mephibosheth
the
sonne
of
Ionathan
:
he
appointeth
Ziba
to
see
the
profits
of
his
lands
.
10.
The
messengers
of
Dauid
are
villanously
entreated
of
the
King
of
Ammon
:
Ioab
is
sent
against
the
Ammonites
.
11.
The
Cittie
of
Rabbah
is
besieged
:
Dauid
committeth
adulterie
:
Vriah
is
slaine
:
Dauid
marieth
Beth-sheba
.
12.
Dauid
reproued
by
Nathan
confesseth
his
sinne
.
The
childe
conceaued
in
adulterie
dieth
.
13.
Amnon
Dauids
sonne
defileth
his
sister
Tamar
:
Tamar
Chapters
.
24.
is
comforted
by
her
brother
Absalom
:
Absalom
therefore
killeth
Amnon
.
14
,
Absalom
is
reconsiled
to
his
father
by
the
subtiltie
of
Ioab
:
Absalom
may
not
see
the
Kings
face
.
15.
The
practises
of
Absalom
to
aspire
to
the
Kingdome
:
Dauid
and
his
seruants
flee
:
Dauids
praier
.
16.
The
infidelitie
of
Ziba
.
Shimei
cursed
Dauid
.
Hushai
commeth
to
Absalon
.
17.
Ahithophels
counsell
is
ouerthrowne
by
Hushai
.
18.
Dauid
deuideth
his
armie
into
thrée
parts
.
19.
Ioab
encourageth
the
King
:
Dauid
is
restored
:
Shimei
is
pardoned
:
Mephibosheth
meeteth
the
King
:
Barzillai
The
Contents
of
2.
Samuel
.
departeth
:
Israel
striueth
with
Iudah
.
20.
Sheba
raiseth
Israel
against
Dauid
.
Ioab
killeth
Amasa
traiterously
.
The
head
of
Sheba
is
deliuered
to
Ioab
.
Dauids
chiefe
Officers
.
21.
Thrée
déere
yéeres
.
The
vengeance
of
the
sinnes
of
Saul
lighteth
on
his
seauen
sonnes
which
are
hanged
.
22.
Dauid
after
his
▪
viccories
praiseth
God
:
the
anger
of
God
towards
the
wicked
.
23.
The
last
words
of
Dauid
.
The
wicked
shall
be
plucked
vp
as
thornes
.
The
names
and
facts
of
his
mightie
men
:
he
desireth
water
and
would
not
drinke
.
24.
Dauid
causeth
the
people
to
be
nombred
:
he
repenteth
and
chooseth
to
fall
into
Gods
hands
:
seauentie
thousand
perish
with
the
pestilence
.
The
first
Booke
of
the
Kings
commonly
called
the
third
Booke
of
the
Kings
,
after
the
reckoning
of
the
Latinists
:
which
third
Booke
,
and
the
fourth
also
is
but
one
with
the
Hebrewes
:
it
hath
twentie
&
two
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
A
Bishag
kéepeth
Dauid
in
his
extreame
age
.
Adoniiah
Chapters
.
22.
vsurpeth
the
Kingdome
:
Salomon
is
annointed
King
:
Adoniiah
fléeth
to
the
Altar
.
2.
Dauid
exhorteth
Salomon
,
and
giueth
charge
as
concerning
Ioab
:
Barzillai
and
Shimei
.
The
death
of
Dauid
:
Adoniiah
asketh
Abishag
to
wife
.
3.
Salomon
taketh
Pharaohs
daughter
to
wife
.
The
Lord
appeareth
to
him
and
giueth
him
wisedome
:
the
pleading
of
the
two
harlottes
,
and
Salomons
sentence
therein
.
4.
The
Princes
and
rulers
vnder
Salomon
:
his
Bookes
and
writings
.
5.
Hiram
sendeth
to
Salomon
,
and
Salomon
to
him
,
purposing
The
Contents
of
1.
Kings
.
to
build
the
house
of
God
:
he
prepareth
the
stuffe
for
the
building
:
the
number
of
the
worke
men
.
6.
The
building
of
the
Temple
and
the
forme
thereof
.
The
promise
of
the
Lord
to
Salomon
.
7.
The
building
of
the
house
of
Salomon
:
the
excellent
worke
man
ship
of
Hiram
in
the
péeces
which
he
made
for
the
Temple
.
8.
The
Arke
is
borne
into
the
Temple
:
a
cloud
filleth
the
Temple
.
The
King
blesseth
the
people
.
9.
The
Lord
appeareth
the
second
time
to
Salomon
:
Salomon
giueth
Citties
to
Hiram
.
10.
The
Queene
of
Saba
commeth
to
heare
the
wisedome
of
Salomon
,
his
royall
Throne
,
his
power
and
magnificencie
.
Chapters
.
22.
11.
Salomon
had
a
thousand
wiues
and
concubines
,
which
bring
him
to
Idolatrie
.
12.
Rehoboam
succeedeth
Salomon
.
Ieroboam
reigneth
ouer
Israel
13.
Ieroboam
is
reprehended
of
the
Prophet
:
his
hand
drieth
vp
14.
Ieroboam
sendeth
his
wife
disguised
to
Ah●iah
the
Prophet
,
who
declareth
vnto
him
the
destruction
of
his
house
.
15.
Abiiam
reigneth
ouer
Iudah
.
The
battle
betweene
Asa
and
Baasha
.
16.
Of
Baasha
,
Elah
,
Zimri
,
Omri
.
Ahab
marieth
Iezabel
,
The
Contents
of
1.
Kings
.
Iericho
is
built
againe
.
17.
Eliiah
is
forewarned
of
the
famine
to
come
,
he
is
sed
of
●auens
.
18.
Eliiah
is
sent
to
Ahab
:
Obadiah
hideth
an
hundreth
Prophets
.
Eliiah
killeth
all
Baals
Prophets
.
19.
Eliiah
fleeing
from
Iezabel
is
nourished
of
the
Angell
of
God
:
he
is
commanded
to
annoint
Hazael
,
Iehu
,
and
Elisha
.
20.
Samaria
is
beséeged
:
the
Lord
promiseth
the
victorie
to
Ahab
by
a
Prophet
.
21.
Iezabel
commandeth
to
kill
Naboth
for
the
Vineyard
th●t
he
refuseth
to
sell
to
Ahab
.
Eliiah
reproueth
Ahab
and
he
repenteth
.
22.
Iehoshaphat
and
Ahab
fight
against
the
King
of
Siria
:
Michaiah
sheweth
the
king
what
shall
be
the
successe
of
their
enterprise
:
Zidk●iah
the
false
Prophet
simteth
him
Ahab
is
slaine
,
A●aziah
his
sonne
succeedeth
.
The
reigne
of
Iehoshaphat
,
and
Io●am
his
sonne
.
The
second
or
fourth
Booke
of
Kings
,
hath
twentie
fiue
Chapters
.
The
contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
A
Hazia
by
a
fall
falleth
sicke
,
and
consulteth
with
Baalzebub
.
Chapters
,
25.
2.
Eliiah
diuideth
the
waters
with
his
cloke
:
he
is
taken
vp
into
Heauen
.
The
children
that
mocke
Elisha
are
rent
in
péeces
with
Beares
.
3.
The
reigne
of
Ioram
:
he
and
Iehoshaphat
goe
to
warre
against
Moab
which
rebelleth
the
Moabites
are
ouercome
.
4.
God
encreaseth
the
oyle
to
the
poore
widowe
by
Elisha
:
he
obtaineth
for
the
Shunamite
a
sonne
at
Gods
hand
,
who
died
and
was
raised
vp
againe
.
5.
Naaman
the
Sirian
is
healed
of
his
leprosie
:
Elisha
refuseth
his
guifts
.
6.
Elisha
maketh
Iron
to
swimme
aboue
the
water
:
hée
The
Contents
of
2.
Kengs
.
dicloseth
the
King
of
Syria's
counsell
to
the
King
of
Israel
.
7.
Elisha
prophesieth
plentie
of
victuaile
and
other
things
in
Samaria
,
8.
Elisha
prophesieth
vnto
the
Sunamite
the
dearth
of
seauen
yéeres
.
9.
Iehu
is
made
King
of
Israel
,
and
killeth
Ioram
the
King
thereof
.
10.
Iehu
causeth
the
seauentie
sonnes
of
Ahab
to
be
slaine
:
he
killeth
also
all
the
Priests
of
Baal
.
11.
Athaliah
putteth
to
death
all
the
Kings
sonnes
,
except
Ioash
the
sonne
of
Ahazia
.
Iehoiada
causeth
Athaliah
to
be
〈…〉
.
Baal
and
his
Priests
are
destroied
.
12.
●●hoash
maketh
prouision
for
the
repairing
of
the
Temple
:
Iehoash
is
killed
by
two
of
his
seruants
.
13.
Iehoahaz
the
sonne
of
Iehu
is
deliuered
into
the
hands
of
the
Assirians
:
he
praieth
vnto
God
and
is
deliuered
.
Chapters
.
25.
14.
Amaziah
the
King
of
Iuda
putteth
to
death
them
that
fine
his
father
,
and
after
smiteth
Edom.
15.
Azariah
King
of
Iudah
becommeth
a
Leper
.
16.
Ahaz
King
of
Iudah
consecrateth
his
sonne
in
fire
.
17.
Hoshea
King
of
Israel
is
taken
.
18.
Hezekiah
King
of
Iudah
putteth
downe
the
brazen
Serpent
,
and
destroieth
the
Idoles
,
and
prospereth
.
19.
God
promiseth
by
Esaiah
victorie
to
Hezekiah
.
20.
Hezekiah
being
sicke
,
receiueth
the
signe
of
his
health
.
21.
King
Manasseh
restoreth
Idolatrie
,
and
vseth
great
crueltie
.
22.
Iosiah
repaireth
the
Temple
.
Helkiah
findeth
the
booke
of
the
Law
,
and
causeth
it
to
be
presented
to
Iosiah
,
who
sendeth
The
Contents
of
2.
Kings
.
to
Huldah
the
Prophetesse
to
enquire
the
Lords
will
.
23.
Iosiah
readeth
the
Law
before
the
people
:
he
maketh
a
couenant
with
the
Lord
:
he
putteth
downe
the
Idols
after
he
had
killed
their
Priestes
:
he
kéepeth
the
Passeouer
:
he
destroieth
the
Coniurers
:
he
was
killed
in
Megiddo
:
and
his
sonne
Iehoahaz
reigneth
in
his
stéed
:
after
he
was
taken
,
his
sonne
Iehoiakim
was
made
King
.
24.
Iehoiakim
,
made
subiect
to
Nabuchad-nezzar
,
rebelleth
:
he
and
his
people
are
carried
to
Babilon
.
Zedekiah
is
made
King
.
25.
Ierusalem
is
besieged
of
Nabuchad-nezzar
and
taken
.
The
sonnes
of
Zedekiah
are
slaine
before
his
eyes
,
and
after
,
his
owne
eyes
put
out
.
The
first
Booke
of
the
Chronicles
,
called
in
Latine
Verba
dierum
,
after
the
Greekes
Paralipomenon
,
which
the
Hebrewes
call
Dibre
Haiamim
,
and
re●ken
both
the
Bookes
but
for
one
:
hath
twenty
and
nine
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
genealogie
of
Adam
and
Noah
,
vntill
Abraham
,
Chapters
.
29.
and
from
Abraham
vntill
Esau
:
his
children
:
Kings
and
Dukes
came
of
him
.
2.
The
genealogie
of
Iudah
vnto
Ishai
the
father
of
Dauid
.
3.
The
genealogie
of
Dauid
and
his
posteritie
vnto
the
sonnes
of
Iosiah
.
4.
The
genealogie
of
the
sonnes
of
Iudah
:
of
Ashur
:
of
Iabes
,
and
his
praier
.
5.
The
birth
right
taken
from
Reuben
and
giuen
to
the
sonnes
of
Ioseph
.
The
genealogie
of
Reuben
and
Gad
,
and
of
The
Contents
of
1.
Chronicles
the
halfe
Tribe
of
Manasseh
.
6.
The
genealogie
of
the
sonnes
of
Leui
:
their
order
in
the
Ministrie
of
the
Tabernacle
.
Aaron
and
his
sonnes
Priestes
.
Their
habitation
.
7.
The
genealogie
of
Issachar
,
Beniamin
,
Naphtali
,
Manasseh
,
Ephraim
,
and
Asher
.
8.
The
sonnes
of
Beniamin
,
and
race
of
Saul
.
9.
All
Israel
and
Iudah
are
numbred
Of
the
Priests
and
Leuites
,
and
of
their
offices
.
10.
The
battle
of
Saul
against
the
Philistims
in
which
he
dieth
,
and
his
sonnes
also
:
the
cause
of
Sauls
death
.
11.
The
●●busites
rebell
against
Dauid
,
from
whom
●e
taketh
the
Tower
of
Sion
.
12.
What
they
were
that
went
with
Dauid
when
he
fled
from
Saul
:
what
they
●ere
that
c●me
vnto
him
vnto
Hebron
out
of
euerie
Tribe
to
make
him
King
.
13.
The
Arke
is
brought
againe
from
Kiriath-iearim
to
Chapters
.
29.
Ierusalem
:
Vzza
dieth
because
he
touched
it
.
14.
Hiram
sendeth
wood
and
worke
men
to
Dauid
.
By
the
counsell
of
God
he
goeth
against
the
Philistims
and
ouer
commeth
them
.
15.
Dauid
bringeth
the
Arke
with
ioy
,
and
dancing
before
it
is
despised
of
his
wife
Michal
.
16.
The
Arke
being
placed
,
they
offer
s●●rifices
Dauid
appointeth
a
notable
Psalme
to
be
sung
in
the
praise
of
the
Lord
.
17.
Christ
is
promised
vnder
the
figure
of
Salomon
.
18.
The
battle
of
Dauid
against
the
Philistims
and
against
Moab
,
Zobah
,
Aram
and
Edom.
19.
Hanun
King
of
the
children
of
Ammon
doth
great
iniuries
to
the
seruants
of
Dauid
:
hee
prepareth
an
armie
against
Dauid
,
and
is
ouercome
.
20.
Rabbah
destroyed
.
The
Ammonites
tormented
.
The
The
Contents
of
1.
Chronicles
.
Philistims
are
th●●●e
ouercome
with
their
●iants
.
21.
Dauid
cau●eth
the
people
to
be
numbred
,
and
there
dye
seauentie
thousand
men
of
the
pestilence
.
22.
Dauid
prepareth
things
necessarie
for
the
building
of
the
Temple
.
23.
Dauid
being
old
,
ordeineth
Salomon
King
.
Aaron
and
his
sonnes
are
for
the
high
Prieste
.
24.
Dauid
assigneth
offices
vnto
the
sonnes
of
Aaron
.
25.
The
singers
are
appointed
with
their
places
and
lots
.
26.
The
Porters
of
the
Temple
are
ordained
euerie
man
to
the
gate
which
he
should
keepe
:
and
ouer
the
Treasure
.
27.
Of
the
Princes
and
Rulers
that
ministred
vnto
the
King
.
28.
Because
Dauid
was
forbidden
to
build
the
Temple
,
●e
w●lleth
Salomon
and
the
people
to
performe
it
:
exhorting
him
to
feare
the
●ord
.
29.
The
offering
of
Dauid
and
of
the
Princes
for
the
building
of
the
Temple
.
The
second
Booke
of
the
Chronicles
,
which
in
the
Hebrewe
is
one
with
the
first
:
hath
thirtie
and
sixe
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
offering
of
Salomon
at
Gibeon
.
He
praieth
vnto
Chapters
.
36.
God
to
giue
him
wisedome
,
which
hee
giueth
him
,
and
more
.
The
number
of
his
Charets
and
horses
:
and
of
his
riches
.
2.
Salomon
sendeth
to
Hiram
the
King
of
Tyrus
,
for
wood
and
worke
men
.
3.
The
Temple
of
the
Lord
,
and
the
Porch
are
builded
,
with
other
things
thereto
belonging
.
4.
The
Altar
of
brasse
:
the
Lauatorie
:
the
Caldron
:
the
Candlestickes
,
&c.
5.
The
things
dedicated
by
Dauid
are
put
in
the
Temple
.
6.
Salomon
blesseth
the
people
.
He
praiseth
the
Lord
:
hée
praieth
vnto
God
for
those
that
shall
pray
in
the
Temple
.
The
Contents
of
2.
Chronicles
.
7.
The
fire
consumeth
the
Sacrifice
:
the
glorie
of
the
Lord
filleth
the
Temple
.
8.
The
Citties
that
Salomon
built
:
his
Sacrifices
which
hée
offered
.
9.
The
Quéene
of
Sheba
commeth
to
sée
Salomon
and
bringeth
gifts
.
10.
The
rigour
of
Rehoboam
:
he
followeth
lewde
counsaile
.
The
people
rebell
.
11.
Rehoboam
is
forbidden
to
fight
against
Ieroboam
.
12.
Rehoboam
forsaketh
the
Lord
,
and
is
punished
by
Shishak
.
13.
Abijah
maketh
warre
against
Ieroboam
:
he
sheweth
the
occasion
:
he
trusteth
in
the
Lord
and
ouercommeth
Ieroboam
.
14.
Asa
destroieth
Idolatrie
,
and
commandeth
his
people
Chapters
.
36.
to
serue
the
true
God
.
15.
The
exhortation
of
Azariah
:
Asa
purgeth
his
Countrie
of
Idolatrie
,
they
sweare
together
to
serue
the
Lord
:
he
deposeth
his
mother
for
her
Idolatrie
.
16.
Asa
for
feare
of
Baasha
King
of
Israel
,
maketh
a
couenant
with
Benhadad
King
of
Siria
:
he
is
reproued
by
the
Prophet
.
17.
Iehoshaphat
trusting
in
the
Lord
prospereth
in
riches
and
honor
.
he
abolisheth
Idolatrie
and
causeth
the
people
to
be
taught
.
18.
Iehoshaphat
maketh
affinity
with
Ahab
:
foure
hundred
Prophets
counsaile
Ahab
to
goe
to
warre
:
Michaiah
is
against
them
.
The
effect
of
his
prophecie
.
19.
After
Iehoshaphat
was
rebuked
by
the
Prophet
hée
calleth
againe
the
people
to
the
honouring
of
the
Lord
.
20.
Iehoshaphat
and
the
people
praie
vnto
the
Lord
:
the
maruellous
victorie
that
the
Lord
gaue
him
against
his
enemies
:
The
Contents
of
2.
Chronicles
.
his
reigne
and
actes
.
21.
Iehoshaphat
dieth
.
Iehoram
succéedeth
him
which
killeth
his
brethren
:
he
is
oppressed
of
the
Philistims
:
his
miserable
end
.
22.
Athaliah
putteth
to
death
all
the
Kings
linage
:
Ioash
escapeth
.
23.
Ioash
the
sonne
of
Ahaziah
is
made
King
:
Athaliah
is
put
to
death
.
The
Temple
of
Baal
is
destroied
:
Iohoiada
appointeth
Ministers
in
the
Temple
.
24.
Ioash
repaireth
the
house
of
the
Lord
:
Ioash
is
killed
of
his
owne
seruants
.
25.
Amaziah
putteth
them
to
death
that
fine
his
father
:
he
falleth
to
Idolatrie
.
26.
Vzziah
obeying
the
Lord
prospereth
in
his
enterprises
:
he
waxeth
proud
and
vsurpeth
the
Priests
office
.
27.
Iotham
reigneth
,
and
ouercommeth
the
Ammonites
:
his
reigne
and
death
:
Ahaz
his
sonne
reigneth
his
steed
.
28.
Ahaz
an
Idolateris
giuen
into
the
hands
of
the
Sirians
,
and
the
King
of
Israel
.
Ahaz
encreaseth
his
Idolatrie
:
his
death
and
successor
.
29.
Hezekiah
repaireth
the
Temple
,
and
aduertiseth
the
●…s
●f
th●
corru●tion
of
Religion
.
Chapters
.
36.
●0
.
〈…〉
k●●pi●g
of
the
Passe
ouer
by
the
kings
commandement
.
31.
The
people
destroy
Idolatrie
:
Hezekiah
appointeth
Priestes
and
Leuites
,
and
prouideth
for
their
liuing
.
32.
Sanche●●●
●●uadeth
Iudah
:
Hezekiah
prepareth
for
the
warre
:
he
exhorteth
the
people
to
put
their
trust
in
the
Lord
.
33.
Manass●●
an
Idolater
,
causeth
Iudah
to
erre
:
he
is
led
prisoner
into
Babilon
.
34.
Iosiah
destroieth
the
Idols
and
restoreth
the
Temple
:
The
Contents
of
2.
Chronicles
.
The
booke
of
the
Law
is
found
.
35.
Iosiah
kéepeth
the
passe
ouer
:
he
setteth
forth
Gods
seruice
:
he
fighteth
against
the
King
of
Egypt
,
and
dieth
,
the
people
bewaile
him
.
36.
After
Iosiah
,
reigned
Iehoahaz
,
after
him
Iehoiakim
,
after
him
Zedekiah
,
in
whose
time
all
the
people
were
caried
away
to
Babilon
for
contemning
the
admonitions
of
the
Prophets
.
Here
followeth
a
very
profitable
declaration
,
for
the
vnderstanding
of
the
Histories
o●
Esdras
▪
Nehemias
,
Esther
,
D●…
and
diuerse
other
places
of
Scripture
,
very
darke
,
by
reason
of
the
discord
that
is
among
Historiographers
,
and
among
the
Expositors
of
the
holy
Scriptures
,
touching
the
successi●●
order
of
the
Kings
or
Monarchies
of
Babilon
and
o●
Persia
,
of
the
yeeres
that
the
said
Monarchies
la●●ed
,
●rom
the
Transmigr●tion
of
the
Iewes
vnder
N●●…
▪
vntill
the
Monarchies
of
the
Greekes
,
and
of
the
confusion
that
is
in
the
names
of
the
Kings
of
Persia
.
That
which
hapned
to
the
people
of
Israell
during
these
Monarchies
.
|
The
Monarchie
of
Babilon
.
|
Of
the
yeeres
that
the
Monarchies
of
P●●si●
reigned
▪
of
the
difference
of
●uth●●●
ther●●●
&
of
the
diu●rsi●●e
&
confu●●on
of
the
names
of
the
said
Monarchies
.
|
Nebuchad-nezzar
the
nineteenth
yeere
of
his
reigne
destroied
Hierusalem
and
ledde
the
people
Captiue
.
2.
Kings
24
and
Ieremie
.
●9
.
|
1
Nebu●ha●nezzar
after
the
ca●…
reign●d
▪
6.
yee●e●
.
|
The
difference
of
authors
as
well
Historiographers
,
a●
Expositors
of
the
holy
〈…〉
,
is
great
touching
the
time
▪
and
●●res
that
the
two
Monarchies
of
the
Babylonians
▪
and
Persians
continued
,
and
also
touching
the
names
of
the
Monarchies
herein
described
:
wherein
there
is
great
confusion
.
And
there●ore
all
other
opinions
set
〈…〉
we●
will
herein
follow
Iud●us
,
and
Me●●●●henes
a●ci●nt
authors
,
wh●se
opinions
doe
neerest
agree
with
the
holye
Scriptures
.
|
The
twentie
and
fifth
yeere
of
his
said
reigne
he
●…itute
his
Monarchie
:
in
the
second
yeere
of
the
same
he
saw
the
dreame
of
the
foure
Monarchies
,
Daniel
.
2
|
2
〈◊〉
his
sonne
●●
|
●…s
hauing
conquered
the
kingdome
of
the
M●des
against
●●●●ages
,
left
the
●aid
kingdome
to
his
vncle
Darius
,
by
whose
ayde
he
to●k
Babylon
,
and
transported
the
Monarchie
of
Babylon
to
the
Persians
.
Two
yeres
after
the
said
Darius
●●●●●●ed
into
M●de
▪
and
●●rus
rei●●ed
●lone
in
Babylon
:
●hen
he
moued
war
against
the
S●●●hia●s
,
and
marched
toward
them
▪
and
in
the
meane
while
▪
l●●t
Cam●●ses
his
son
●●ng
of
the
country
in
his
absence
,
according
to
the
〈…〉
of
the
Persians
,
which
was
to
appoin●●●●
neerest
of
the
kings
bl●●d
▪
to
be
●●●g
〈…〉
the
Country
,
when
the
king
went
out
to
●ight
against
an●
strang●
nation
.
〈…〉
is
the
ca●se
〈…〉
●am●●●●s
〈…〉
w●th
▪
su●●…e
o●●●r
●●
the
Mo●…
▪
〈…〉
is
〈…〉
of
two
brothers
that
were
Mag●●ians
▪
which
〈…〉
vsurped
the
〈…〉
th●●r
〈…〉
being
knowne
▪
t●●y
〈…〉
a
●…s
▪
and
Darius
〈…〉
to
〈…〉
ch●●en
〈…〉
.
|
The
fifth
yeere
,
he
sawe
the
dre●●e
of
the
tr●e
hewon
downe
Daniel
4.
|
3
Re●●●er
3.
yeeres
.
|
●…s
●●●●●●●e
of
the
〈…〉
|
The
sixth
yeere
,
he
was
d●●uen
amongst
the
wilde
b●a●●s
,
by
the
space
o●
seauen
yeers
Dan.
4.
|
4
〈…〉
6.
yeeres
.
|
|
E●●●●●rod●ch
,
the
first
yeere
of
his
reigne
deliuered
〈…〉
as
,
whome
his
●ath●r
had
put
in
prison
.
2
Kings
●5
.
●
Ierem
:
52
|
5
〈…〉
fiu●
ye●r●s
.
|
|
The
first
yeere
of
Balthasar
,
Daniel
saw
the
dreame
of
the
faure
beastes
signifying
the
foure
Monarchies
.
Daniel
7.
|
●
Ci●us
with
〈…〉
●●●…ed
2
▪
yeeres
.
|
|
From
Nabuchodonosor
his
carrying
the
people
into
Babilon
,
vntill
the
end
of
the
Monarchie
of
Balthasar
,
it
amou●●ed
to
threescore
and
ten
yeeres
fore●●lde
by
Ieremie
.
|
1
〈…〉
●●●●n●th
alone
●2
.
yeeres
.
|
|
Cirus
deliuered
the
people
from
captiuitie
,
the
●ame
yeere
that
he
tooke
Ba●●lon
and
ga●e
the●●
great
tresures
to
build
vp
th●●em●le
of
Hierusa●em
wh●●h●r
●●
sent
them
v●●●●
the
Conduct
of
●oroba●el
●●●●as
1.
|
2
〈…〉
the
●…e
of
〈…〉
b●●●g
●hosen
〈…〉
|
|
〈…〉
his
successor
●●●d●ed
the
building
of
the
〈…〉
Esdras
4.
|
|
|
The
s●cond
〈…〉
of
〈…〉
|
|
|
xes
Agge
and
Zacharie
prophecied
,
stirring
the
people
to
goe
foreward
with
the
building
of
the
Temple
,
notwithstanding
the
h●●●●a●●e
.
Esdras
.
5.
|
and
surnamed
A●…●ssuerus
reigned
20.
yeeres
.
|
Darius
succeeded
him
,
but
is
not
here
placed
in
the
number
of
the
Monarchies
,
for
that
he
left
his
Kingdome
to
Darius
long-hand
his
sonne
according
to
the
custome
of
the
Persians
,
when
hee
went
to
warre
against
the
Greekes
.
The
Greekes
Historiographers
not
respecting
that
custome
number
the
said
Xerxes
and
Cambises
aboue
mentioned
,
among
the
said
Monarchies
,
successiuely
in
order
which
is
the
cause
that
they
count
more
yeers
in
the
said
Monarchie
,
that
is
to
say
,
226
,
y●es
.
|
The
third
yeere
began
the
Historie
of
Ester
.
|
3
Darius
A●●●●…
long-hand
37
in
the
time
of
t●is
Darius
beganne
the
〈…〉
w●●k●s
of
D●…
.
|
As
touching
these
confused
names
,
ye
shall
vnderstand
that
among
the
Persians
,
Darius
signifieth
he
that
subdueth
,
Xerxes
a
●…r
,
Artaxerxes
a
great
●a●riour
.
Also
that
this
name
Assuerus
is
drawn●
from
the
Hebrewes
,
in
steed
of
Artaxerxes
,
further
that
Artaxerxes
was
the
common
name
of
all
kings
of
Persia
,
as
Pharao
was
the
common
name
of
all
the
kings
of
Egypt
,
and
Cesar
of
the
Romish
Emperours
.
|
The
seauenth
yeere
E●●er
is
brought
int●
him
.
Esth●r
.
2.
|
4
D●●ius
N●●us
|
Therefore
when
you
finde
any
indi●●ere●tly
n●med
Darius
or
Artaxerxes
,
or
●oth
together
,
that
is
the
cause
of
the
difficulty
,
how
to
vnderstand
vnder
what
King
that
hapned
which
is
recited
in
the
said
bookes
of
Esdras
,
Nehemias
,
Esther
,
Daniel
and
other
places
of
the
holy
Scriptures
,
except
you
will
marke
them
and
well
vnderstand
the
contents
of
this
Table
.
|
Th●
twelfth
yeere
Aman
threat●eth
●he
Iewes
.
Esther
.
3.
|
5
19.
Ar●…xes
▪
〈…〉
●5
.
yeeres
|
|
Darius
long-hand
the
second
yeere
of
his
reigne
commanded
the
Temple
to
be
made
an
end
of
▪
E●d●as
.
6.
|
6
D●…s
●6
.
yeeres
|
|
The
si●t
yeere
the
Temple
was
end●d
.
Esdras
.
6.
|
7
A●●●●●s
foure
yeeres
|
|
The
seauenth
yeere
Esdras
we
●●
i●●o
Iudea
.
Esdras
.
7.
|
●
D●rius
the
last
Monarch●
ouercome
by
Alexander
the
great
which
transported
the
Monarchy
to
the
Greeks
r●●●n●d
6.
yeeres
.
|
|
The
twentieth
yeare
began
the
seauentie
weekes
fo●●
▪
shewed
b●
Daniel
.
D●●
.
9.
And
the
said
yeere
▪
●●ch●●●as
went
into
Iuda
,
to
●●ild
vp
the
wall●s
of
Hierusalem
.
Nehe.
2
▪
|
Th●
summe
of
the
yeeres
o●
the
Mon●●chie
of
the
Persians
is
of
191
▪
and
N●…
▪
2●1
.
|
|
The
two
and
thirtith
yeere
Nehemias
returned
againe
t●
Darius
according
to
his
pr●mise
and
obtained
leaue
of
him
to
returne
to
Hierusalem
.
N●he
.
13.
|
|
|
All
the
time
of
the
Persians
Monarchie
●●ounteth
to
191
yeeres
.
|
|
|
Alexander
the
great
transp●rted
the
same
yeere
the
said
Mona●●hie
to
the
Greekes
▪
which
was
in
the
twentieth
we●ke
〈…〉
to
Daniel
.
Dan.
9.
|
|
|
The
first
Booke
of
Esdras
Chapters
.
10.
hath
tenne
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
CIrus
sendeth
againe
the
people
that
was
in
captiuity
,
and
restoreth
them
their
holy
vessels
.
2.
The
number
of
them
that
returned
from
the
captiuity
.
3.
The
Israelites
build
the
Altar
of
God
:
they
●ffer
to
the
Lord
:
they
prepare
for
the
Temple
,
and
sing
vnto
the
Lord
.
4.
The
building
of
the
Temple
is
hindered
,
and
how
:
Letters
to
Artaxerxes
,
and
the
answere
.
5.
Aggeus
and
Zacharie
doe
prophesie
:
the
worke
of
the
Temple
goeth
foreward
,
contrarie
to
the
minde
of
Tatnai
:
his
letters
were
sent
to
Darius
.
The
Contents
of
1.
Esdras
.
6.
At
the
commandement
of
Darius
King
of
Persia
,
after
the
Tem●le
was
builded
and
dedicate
,
the
Children
of
Israel
keepe
the
f●alt
of
vnleauened
bread
.
7.
By
the
commandement
of
the
King
,
Esdras
and
his
companions
come
to
Hierusalem
●●e
giueth
thankes
to
God
.
8.
Th●
number
of
them
that
returned
to
Hierusalem
with
Esdras
:
hee
causeth
them
to
fast
,
hée
admonisheth
the
Priests
of
their
dutie
:
what
they
did
when
they
came
to
Hierusalem
.
9.
Esdras
complaineth
●n
the
people
that
had
turned
themselues
from
God
,
and
married
with
the
Gentiles
:
he
praieth
vnto
God
.
10.
The
people
repent
and
turne
,
and
put
away
their
strange
wiues
.
The
Booke
of
Nehemias
,
or
second
Booke
of
Esdras
,
hath
thirteene
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
NEhemias
bewaileth
the
calamity
of
Hierusalem
,
hée
Chapters
,
13.
confesseth
the
sinnes
of
the
people
,
and
praieth
to
God
for
them
.
2.
After
Nehemias
had
obtained
letters
of
Artaxerxes
,
he
came
to
Hierusalem
and
builded
the
walls
.
3.
The
number
of
them
that
builded
the
walles
.
4.
The
building
of
Hierusalem
is
hindred
,
but
God
breaketh
their
enterprise
:
the
Iewes
build
with
one
hand
,
and
hold
their
weapon
in
the
other
.
5.
The
people
are
oppressed
and
in
necessity
:
Nehemias
forbiddeth
vsury
.
6.
Nehemias
answered
with
great
wisdome
and
zeale
to
his
aduersaries
:
he
is
not
discouraged
by
the
false
Prophets
.
The
Contents
of
Nehemias
.
7.
After
the
wall
once
builded
is
the
watch
appointed
:
they
that
returne
from
the
captiuity
are
numbred
.
8.
Esdras
gathereth
the
people
together
,
and
readeth
the
Law
to
them
.
9.
The
people
repent
,
and
forsake
their
strange
wiues
:
the
Leuites
exhorte
them
to
praise
God
.
10.
The
names
of
them
that
sealed
the
Couenant
betwéen
God
and
the
people
.
11.
Who
dwelled
in
Hierusalem
after
it
was
builded
,
and
who
in
the
Cittie●
of
Iuda
.
12.
The
Priests
and
●euites
which
came
with
Zorobabel
vnto
Hierusalem
are
numbred
,
and
all
the
wall
is
dedicated
.
13.
●●e
L●w
is
r●…
,
they
s●●arate
from
●hem
all
stranger●
:
●…o
s●●ue
God
.
The
Booke
of
Esther
hath
sixteene
Chapters
.
The
contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
KIng
Ahasuerus
maketh
a
Royall
feast
,
whereunto
Chapters
.
16.
the
Quéene
Vasthi
would
not
come
,
for
which
cause
she
is
put
away
:
the
Kings
decree
touching
the
pre●minence
of
man
ouer
his
wife
.
2.
After
the
Quéene
is
put
away
,
certaine
young
maidens
are
brought
to
the
King
:
Esther
pleaseth
the
King
and
is
made
Quéene
.
3.
Haman
after
that
he
was
exalted
,
obtained
of
the
King
that
all
the
Iewes
should
be
put
to
death
,
because
Mardocheus
had
not
done
him
worship
as
other
had
.
The
Contents
of
Esther
.
4.
Mardocheus
giueth
the
Queene
knowledge
of
the
cruel
decrée
of
the
King
against
the
Iewes
:
shee
willeth
that
they
pray
for
her
.
5.
Esther
entreth
vnto
the
King
and
biddeth
him
and
Haman
to
a
feaste
:
Haman
prepareth
a
Gallowes
for
Mardocheus
.
6.
The
King
turneth
ouer
the
Chronicles
and
findeth
the
fidelity
of
Mardocheus
,
and
commandeth
Haman
to
cause
Mardocheus
to
be
had
in
honor
.
7.
The
Q●●e●e
prayeth
for
her
helpe
and
her
people
:
she
accuseth
H●man
,
and
he
is
hanged
on
the
Gallowes
that
hee
had
prepa●ed
●o●
Mardocheus
.
8.
After
the
death
of
H●man
was
Mardocheus
exalted
:
comfortable
letters
are
sent
vnto
the
Iewes
.
9
▪
●t
the
commandement
of
the
〈…〉
the
Iewes
●ut
〈…〉
to
death
:
the
●●●
sons
●●
H●m●n
are
hanged
.
10.
〈…〉
Ma●do●●ai
.
The
〈…〉
14.
25.
〈…〉
.
The
Booke
of
Iob
,
hath
fortie
two
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
holinesse
and
richesse
of
Iob
▪
the
care
of
Iob
for
Chapters
.
42.
his
children
:
Satan
hath
permission
to
tempt
him
:
he
tempteth
him
by
taking
away
his
substance
and
his
children
:
his
faith
and
patience
.
2.
Iobs
wife
tempteth
him
to
forsake
God
:
his
thrée
friends
visite
him
.
3.
Iob
complaineth
,
and
curseth
the
day
of
his
birth
,
hée
desireth
to
dye
,
as
though
death
were
the
end
of
all
mans
miserie
.
4.
Eliphaz
blameth
Iob
for
impatience
,
vniustice
,
and
for
the
presumption
of
his
owne
righteousnesse
.
5.
Eliphaz
sheweth
the
difference
betweene
the
children
of
God
and
the
wicked
.
The
Contents
of
Iob.
6.
Iob
answereth
that
his
paine
is
more
grieuous
then
his
fault
:
he
wished
death
:
he
complaineth
of
his
friends
.
7.
Iob
sheweth
the
shortnesse
and
misery
of
mans
life
.
8.
Bildad
●heweth
that
Iob
is
a
sinner
,
because
God
punisheth
the
wicked
and
preserueth
the
good
.
9.
Iob
declareth
the
mighty
power
of
God
,
and
that
mans
righteousnesse
is
nothing
.
10.
Iob
is
weary
of
his
life
,
a●d
setteth
out
his
frailenesse
before
God
:
he
desireth
him
to
stay
his
hand
:
a
description
of
death
.
11.
Iob
is
vniustly
blamed
of
Sophar
:
the
maiesty
of
God
cannot
be
searched
:
God
is
mercifull
to
the
repentant
:
the
godly
liue
in
safety
.
12.
Iob
accuseth
his
friends
of
ignorance
:
he
declareth
the
might
and
power
of
God
:
and
how
God
changeth
the
course
of
things
.
13.
Iob
prayeth
vnto
God
that
he
would
not
handle
him
Chapters
.
42.
rigorously
.
14.
Iob
describeth
the
shortnesse
and
misery
of
the
life
of
man
:
hope
sustaineth
the
godly
:
the
condition
of
mans
life
.
15.
Eliphaz
blameth
Iob
because
hee
ascribeth
wisdome
and
purenes
to
himselfe
.
16.
Iob
,
moued
by
the
importunacy
of
his
friends
,
counteth
in
what
extremity
he
is
;
and
taketh
God
to
witnes
of
his
innocencie
.
17.
Iob
sayeth
that
he
consumeth
away
,
and
yet
doth
patiently
abide
it
:
he
exhorteth
his
friends
to
repentance
,
shewing
that
he
looketh
but
for
death
.
18.
Bildad
rehearseth
the
paines
of
the
vnfaithfull
and
wicked
.
19.
Iob
reprooueth
his
friends
,
and
reciteth
his
miseries
and
grieuous
paines
:
he
assureth
himselfe
of
the
generall
●esurrection
.
20.
Sophar
sheweth
that
the
wicked
and
the
couetous
shall
haue
a
short
end
though
for
a
time
they
flourish
.
The
Contents
of
Iob.
21.
Iob
declareth
how
the
prosperity
of
the
wicked
maketh
them
proud
,
insomuch
that
they
blaspheme
God
.
22.
Eliphaz
affirmeth
that
Iob
is
punished
for
his
sinnes
:
he
accuseth
him
of
vnmercifulnes
,
and
that
he
denied
Gods
prouidence
:
he
exhorteth
him
to
repentance
.
23.
Iob
sheweth
that
hée
both
knoweth
and
feareth
the
sentence
of
the
Iudge
:
and
that
he
is
not
punished
onely
for
his
sinnes
.
24.
Iob
describeth
the
wickednes
of
men
,
and
sheweth
what
curse
belongeth
to
the
wicked
.
25.
Bildad
proueth
that
no
man
is
cleane
,
nor
without
sin
before
God
.
26.
Iob
sheweth
that
no
man
can
helpe
God
,
and
proueth
it
by
his
wonderfull
workes
.
27.
The
constancy
and
per●ectnes
of
Iob
:
the
reward
of
the
wicked
and
of
the
Tyrants
.
28.
Iob
sheweth
that
the
wisdome
of
God
is
vnsearchable
.
29.
Iob
complaineth
of
the
prosperity
of
the
●ime
past
,
he
setteth
forth
his
authority
,
Iustice
,
and
equity
.
30.
Iob
complaineth
that
he
is
contemned
of
the
vilest
,
because
of
his
aduersity
and
affliction
:
death
is
the
house
of
Chapters
.
4●
.
all
flesh
.
31.
Iob
rehearseth
the
innocencie
of
his
liuing
,
and
number
of
his
vertues
.
32.
Elihu
reproueth
them
of
folly
:
Age
maketh
not
a
man
wise
,
but
the
spirit
of
God
.
33.
Elihu
accuseth
Iob
of
ignorance
:
he
sheweth
that
God
hath
diuerse
meanes
to
instruct
man
,
and
to
drawe
him
from
sinne
.
34.
Elihu
chargeth
Iob
that
he
calleth
himselfe
righteous
:
he
sheweth
that
God
is
iust
in
Iudgement
.
35.
Neither
doth
godlinesse
profit
,
or
vngodlinesse
hurt
God
but
man
:
the
wicked
crie
vnto
God
and
are
not
heard
.
36.
Elihu
sheweth
the
power
of
God
and
his
Iustice
,
and
wherefore
he
punisheth
:
the
property
of
the
wicked
.
37.
Elihu
proueth
that
the
vnsearcheable
wisedome
of
The
Contents
of
Iob.
God
is
manifested
by
his
workes
,
as
by
the
Thunder
,
Snowe
,
and
the
whirle-wind
,
and
the
raine
.
38.
God
speaketh
to
Iob
,
and
declareth
the
ignorance
of
man
in
the
consideration
of
his
creatures
.
39.
God
procéedeth
in
declaring
the
ignorance
of
Iob
,
in
the
consideration
of
his
maruellous
workes
in
beasts
and
sowles
.
40.
God
declareth
the
weakenesse
of
Iob
,
by
comparing
the
same
to
his
great
workes
,
and
to
the
strength
of
Behemoth
.
41.
God
setteth
forth
the
malice
,
the
members
,
the
strength
,
and
the
pride
of
Leuiathan
.
42.
The
repentance
of
Iob
:
he
praieth
for
his
friends
:
and
his
goods
are
restored
double
vnto
him
.
The
Psalms
of
Dauid
being
in
all
1●0
.
followe
after
the
Re●elation
.
The
Prouerbes
of
Salomon
hath
thirtie
one
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
power
of
the
word
of
God
:
of
the
feare
of
God
Chapters
.
31.
and
knowledge
of
his
word
:
we
may
not
consent
to
the
intising
of
sinners
:
wisdome
complaineth
that
she
is
contemned
:
the
punishment
of
them
that
contemne
her
.
2.
Wisedome
exhorteth
to
obay
her
:
shée
teacheth
the
feare
of
God
:
she
is
giuen
of
God
,
she
preserueth
from
wickednesse
.
3.
The
word
of
God
giueth
life
:
trust
in
God
,
feare
him
,
honor
him
,
suffer
his
correction
:
to
them
that
follow
the
word
of
God
,
all
things
shall
succéede
well
.
4.
Wisdome
and
her
fruits
ought
to
be
searched
:
the
way
The
Contents
of
Prouerbs
.
of
the
wicked
must
be
refused
:
by
the
word
of
God
,
the
heart
,
eies
,
and
course
of
life
must
be
guided
.
5.
Whoredome
forbidden
,
and
prodigality
:
hée
willeth
a
man
to
liue
on
his
labour
:
to
helpe
others
:
to
loue
his
wife
:
the
wicked
taken
in
their
owne
wickednesse
.
6.
Instructions
for
sureties
:
the
slouthfull
and
sluggish
is
stirred
to
worke
:
he
describeth
all
the
nature
of
the
wicked
:
The
Contents
of
the
chapters
vnto
the
xi
.
And
from
the
x.
to
the
xx
no
Contents
▪
And
from
the
xx
.
to
the
xxx
.
no
Contents
of
chapters
as
by
the
blanck
places
appeareth
.
the
things
that
God
hateth
.
7.
An
exhortation
to
wisedome
,
and
to
the
word
of
God
,
which
will
preserue
vs
from
the
harlot
,
whose
manners
are
described
.
8.
Wisdome
declareth
her
excellencie
,
riches
,
power
,
eternity
:
she
exhorteth
all
to
loue
and
follow
her
.
9.
Wisdome
calleth
all
to
her
feast
:
the
scorner
will
not
be
corrected
:
the
●eare
of
God
:
the
conditions
of
a
harlot
.
10.
In
this
Chapter
,
and
all
that
followe
,
vnto
the
thirtith
,
the
wise
man
exhorteth
by
diuerse
sentences
which
he
calleth
Parables
,
to
follow
vertue
and
●lee
vice
,
and
sheweth
also
what
profit
commeth
of
wisedome
,
and
what
hinderance
Chapters
.
29.
procéedeth
of
foolishnesse
.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
The
Contents
of
Prouerbs
.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
These
are
the
Parables
of
Salomon
which
the
men
of
Hezekiah
King
of
Iuda
copied
out
.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
The
words
of
Agur
the
sonne
of
Iakeh
.
30.
The
purenesse
of
the
word
of
God
,
and
what
wée
ought
to
require
of
God
,
with
certaine
wonderfull
things
that
are
in
this
world
.
And
the
Prophecy
that
the
same
man
spake
vnto
Ithiel
,
and
Vchal
.
31.
He
exhorteth
to
chastity
and
Iustice
,
and
sheweth
the
conditions
of
a
wise
and
worthy
woman
.
The
wordes
of
King
Lamuel
,
and
the
lesson
that
his
mother
taught
him
.
The
Booke
of
the
Preacher
,
otherwise
called
Ecclesiastes
,
which
is
Salomon
the
King
:
hath
twelue
Chapters
.
For
Salomon
is
called
in
the
Scriptures
,
by
three
sundry
names
,
the
one
Salomon
,
that
is
,
the
maker
of
peace
,
the
second
,
Idida
,
that
is
beloued
of
God
,
the
third
,
Ecclesiastes
,
that
is
a
Preacher
;
teaching
,
that
true
and
eternall
felicity
consisteth
not
in
any
worldly
wisdome
,
or
aboundance
of
riches
,
or
in
carnall
pleasure
,
which
all
bee
but
vaine
and
transitory
,
but
hee
proueth
that
true
felicity
consisteth
in
a
whole
ioyning
our selues
to
God
by
pure
Religion
,
that
is
,
with
a
sincere
faith
,
and
the
feare
of
God
,
obseruing
his
commandements
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
ALl
things
in
this
world
are
ful
of
vanity
,
and
of
none
Chapters
.
12.
endurance
,
all
mans
wisedome
is
but
folly
and
griefe
.
2.
Pleasure
,
sumptuous
buildings
,
riches
,
and
possessions
are
but
vanitie
.
The
wise
and
the
foole
haue
both
one
end
touching
their
bodilie
death
.
3.
All
things
haue
their
time
:
the
workes
of
God
are
perfect
,
and
cause
vs
to
feare
him
:
God
shall
both
iudge
the
iust
and
vniust
.
4.
The
innocent
are
oppressed
,
mens
labours
are
full
of
The
Contents
of
Ecclesiastes
.
abuse
and
vanity
:
mans
society
is
necessary
:
a
young
man
poore
and
wise
is
to
be
preferred
before
an
old
King
that
is
a
foole
.
5.
Not
to
speake
lightly
,
chiefly
in
Gods
matters
:
the
couetous
man
can
neuer
haue
enough
.
6.
The
miserable
estate
of
him
to
whome
God
hath
giuen
riches
,
and
not
the
grace
to
vse
them
.
7.
Diuerse
precepts
to
follow
that
which
is
good
,
and
to
auoid
the
contrary
.
8.
To
obey
Princes
and
Magistrates
:
the
workes
of
God
passe
mans
knowledge
.
Chapters
.
12.
9.
By
no
outward
thing
can
man
knowe
whome
God
loueth
or
hateth
:
no
man
knoweth
his
end
:
wisdome
excelleth
strength
.
10.
The
difference
of
foolishnesse
and
wisedome
:
a
slanderer
is
like
a
Serpent
,
that
cannot
bee
charmed
:
of
foolish
Kings
and
riotous
Princes
:
and
of
good
Kings
and
Princes
.
11.
To
be
liberall
to
the
poore
:
nor
to
doubt
of
Gods
prouidence
:
all
worldly
prosperity
is
but
vanity
.
12.
To
thinke
on
God
in
youth
,
and
not
to
deferre
till
age
:
The
soule
returneth
to
God
:
wisedome
is
the
guift
of
God
,
and
consisteth
in
fearing
him
,
and
kéeping
his
commandements
.
The
Ballet
of
Ballets
of
Salomon
,
called
in
Latine
Canticum
Canticorum
,
hath
eight
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
familiar
talke
and
misticall
communication
of
the
Chapters
,
8.
spiritual
loue
betwéene
Iesus
Christ
and
his
Church
:
the
domesticall
enemies
that
persecute
the
Church
.
2.
The
Church
desireth
to
rest
vnder
the
shadow
of
Christ
:
shee
heareth
his
voice
:
she
is
compared
to
the
Doue
,
and
the
enemies
to
the
Foxes
.
3.
The
Church
desireth
to
be
ioyned
inseparably
to
Christ
her
husband
▪
her
deliuerance
out
of
the
wildernesse
.
4.
The
praises
of
the
Church
:
shée
is
without
blemish
in
The
Contents
of
Salomon
.
his
sight
:
the
loue
of
Christ
toward
her
.
5.
Christ
calleth
his
Church
to
the
participation
of
all
his
treasure
:
she
heareth
his
voice
:
she
confesseth
her
nakednesse
:
she
praiseth
Christ
her
husband
.
6.
The
Church
assureth
herselfe
of
the
loue
of
Christ
:
The
praise
of
the
Church
:
she
is
but
one
and
vndefiled
.
7.
The
beautie
of
the
Church
is
in
all
her
members
:
she
is
assured
of
Christs
loue
towards
her
.
8.
The
Church
will
be
taught
by
Christ
:
she
is
vpholden
by
him
:
the
vehement
loue
wherewith
Christ
loueth
her
:
she
is
the
●ine
that
bringeth
forth
fruite
of
the
spirituall
Salomon
,
which
is
Iesus
Christ
.
The
Booke
of
the
Prophet
Esay
,
hath
sixtie
sixe
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
Prophet
accuseth
the
sinnes
of
the
people
,
namely
Chapters
.
66.
ingratefulnesse
,
stubbornesse
,
faithles
seruice
of
God
:
and
sheweth
Gods
terrible
iudgement
against
them
,
vnlesse
they
repent
.
2.
A
Prophecie
of
Christ
and
his
Kingdome
:
pride
,
couetousnesse
,
susperstition
,
and
Idolatry
,
are
reproued
:
Gods
terrible
iudgement
against
these
.
3.
The
mischiefe
that
God
sendeth
on
Common-weales
,
for
the
contempt
of
his
word
:
the
couetousnesse
of
rulers
reproued
:
the
proud
nicenesse
of
woemen
punished
to
their
The
Contents
of
Esay
.
shame
.
4.
The
misery
of
the
stubborne
:
a
promise
of
Gods
fauour
to
the
residue
.
5.
Of
Christ
and
his
Vineyard
,
with
an
execration
of
couetousnesse
,
drunkennesse
,
and
contempt
of
Gods
word
.
6.
Esay
saw
the
glorie
of
the
Lord
,
and
was
sent
to
prophesse
the
desolation
of
Iury.
.
7.
The
Syrians
moue
battel
against
Hierusalem
:
a
Virgin
shall
beare
a
childe
.
8.
The
deliuerance
of
the
land
by
Emanuel
:
the
stone
of
offence
at
which
many
s●umble
.
9.
He
prophesieth
of
Christs
Natiuitie
and
dominion
.
10.
He
threatneth
the
oppressors
of
the
poore
,
and
prophesieth
against
Sennache●ib
.
11.
He
prophesieth
of
the
natiuity
of
Christ
and
his
people
:
Chapters
.
66.
of
the
remnant
of
Israel
,
and
of
the
faith
of
the
Heathen
and
Gentiles
.
12.
The
song
of
the
Church
,
for
the
obtaining
of
the
victory
and
ouercomming
the
world
.
13.
He
prophecieth
the
destruction
of
Babilon
,
the
captiuity
and
the
comming
againe
of
the
people
.
14.
The
returne
of
the
people
from
captiuity
:
the
prosperity
of
the
people
of
God
,
and
affliction
of
their
enemies
:
the
pride
of
Babilon
.
15.
A
prophesie
against
Moab
.
16.
The
destruction
of
Moab
.
17.
A
prophesie
against
Damascus
.
18.
An
exhortation
to
the
Ethiopians
and
the
countreies
nigh
adioyning
to
them
:
the
vocation
of
the
Gentiles
.
19.
He
prophecieth
against
Egypt
;
and
the
vocation
of
the
Gentiles
to
Christ
.
20.
Against
Egypt
and
Ethiopia
.
21.
Against
Babilon
,
Idumea
,
and
Arabia
.
22.
A
prophecie
against
Hierusalem
.
The
Contents
of
Esay
.
23.
A
prophecie
against
Tyrus
,
and
a
promise
that
it
shall
be
restored
againe
.
24.
A
prophecie
of
tribulation
to
come
vppon
the
world
because
of
sinne
.
25.
A
thankesgiuing
to
God
for
his
workes
.
26.
A
song
of
deliuerance
of
the
people
.
27.
A
prophecie
of
the
comming
of
Christ
and
destruction
of
Idolatry
.
28.
Against
the
pride
of
Ephraim
,
and
against
false
Priests
and
Preachers
.
29.
A
prophecie
against
Hierusalem
,
and
against
the
vaine
traditions
of
men
.
30.
Against
them
that
forsake
the
counsell
of
God
,
and
clea●e
to
the
counsell
of
men
:
the
Prophet
also
threatneth
the
remnant
of
the
people
,
that
after
the
destruction
of
Hierusalem
went
into
Egypt
.
31.
He
curseth
them
that
forsake
God
and
séeke
for
the
helpe
of
men
.
32.
The
condition
of
good
rulers
and
Officers
.
33.
Threatnings
against
the
Assirians
:
a
destruction
of
Chapters
.
66.
them
that
shall
sée
the
Lord
.
34.
The
last
destruction
of
the
Sinagogue
,
in
which
the
Kingdome
and
Priest
▪
hood
of
the
people
was
translated
to
the
Church
and
congregation
of
Christ
.
35.
Of
the
time
and
Kingdome
of
Christ
.
36.
Hierusalem
is
besieged
by
Senacherib
,
in
the
time
of
King
Ezekiah
.
37.
Ezekiah
humbleth
himselfe
before
the
Lord
:
the
army
of
Senacherib
is
●lame
of
the
Angell
of
the
Lord
:
and
he
himselfe
is
killed
of
his
owne
sonnes
.
38.
Ezekiah
is
sicke
vnto
death
,
but
is
reuiued
by
the
Lord
,
and
liueth
fiftéene
yéeres
after
,
for
which
benefit
he
giueth
thankes
.
39.
Ezekiah
is
reproued
of
Esay
,
because
he
sheweth
his
treasure
vnto
the
Ambassadors
of
Babilon
.
40.
The
comming
of
Saint
Iohn
Baptist
:
the
preparation
of
the
Apostles
:
the
calling
of
the
Gentiles
.
41.
Of
the
goodnesse
and
mercy
of
God
toward
the
people
.
The
Contents
of
Esay
.
42.
The
comming
of
Christ
.
43.
God
promiseth
to
send
his
Christ
which
shall
deliuer
his
people
:
he
forgiueth
sinnes
for
his
owne
sake
.
44.
Christ
promiseth
to
deliuer
his
Church
without
any
her
deserts
.
45.
The
comming
of
Christ
,
and
the
calling
of
the
Gentiles
.
46.
Idolatry
is
reproued
:
the
health
that
commeth
by
Christ
is
prophecied
.
47.
The
word
of
the
Lord
against
Babilon
.
48.
The
Hipocrisie
of
the
Iewes
is
reproued
:
the
Lord
alone
will
be
worshipped
,
which
hath
chosen
vs
,
and
which
succoreth
vs
for
his
his
owne
sake
.
49.
Christ
shall
gather
together
all
nations
be
they
neuer
so
farre
off
.
50.
The
Iewes
are
reproued
and
also
called
.
51.
Consolation
and
comfort
is
promised
vnto
the
faithfull
.
52.
An
exhortation
and
comfort
to
the
people
of
God
.
53.
He
pro●e●cieth
euidently
of
the
Passion
of
our
Sauiour
Chapters
.
66.
Iesus
Christ
.
54.
Of
the
great
domination
of
Christ
:
the
indignation
of
God
endureth
but
a
short
space
,
but
his
mercy
is
euerlasting
.
55.
An
exhortation
and
comfort
of
the
people
:
the
fruit
and
profit
that
commeth
of
the
word
of
God
.
56.
An
exhortation
to
iudgement
and
righteousnesse
,
and
to
the
spirituall
kéeping
of
the
Sabaoth
:
against
Shepheards
that
deuoure
the
flocke
.
57.
The
good
men
are
taken
away
:
the
wicked
ones
take
pleasure
in
Idolatry
:
the
godly
receiue
comfort
:
the
wicked
doth
perish
.
58.
The
Lord
by
the
mouth
of
the
Prophet
reproueth
the
people
for
their
fastings
,
which
were
full
of
hipocrisie
.
The
Contents
of
Esay
.
59.
The
Lord
is
mighty
to
saue
,
and
ready
to
heare
our
requests
:
our
sinnes
are
the
cause
why
God
heareth
vs
not
,
neither
granteth
our
requests
.
60.
A
consolation
and
comfort
to
Hierusalem
:
the
Church
is
gathered
togeather
among
the
Gentiles
,
by
preaching
of
the
Gospell
,
and
aboundeth
with
all
good
things
.
61.
He
prophecieth
that
Christ
shall
be
annointed
and
sent
to
preach
.
62.
A
prophecy
of
the
comming
of
Christ
.
63.
Of
the
redemption
promised
to
the
people
.
64.
The
Prophet
(
vnder
the
person
of
the
Iewes
)
bewaileth
their
●r●●e
and
banishment
:
mans
righteousnesse
is
as
a
cloth
def●l●d
.
65.
The
re●ecting
of
the
Iewes
,
and
calling
of
the
Heathen
.
66.
God
dwelleth
not
in
Temples
made
by
mans
hands
:
he
despiseth
sacrifices
done
without
mercy
and
faith
:
God
comforteth
them
that
are
troubled
for
his
sake
:
among
the
Christians
the
Sabaoth
is
continually
.
The
Booke
of
the
Prophet
Ieremie
▪
hath
fitftie
two
Chapters
.
The
Coments
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
stocke
of
Ie●emie
,
and
in
what
time
he
prophecied
:
Chapters
.
52.
he
excuseth
himselfe
,
and
would
refuse
the
office
of
Prophet
,
because
he
is
young
and
vnexpert
:
he
is
taught
of
the
Lord
and
be
commeth
bould
.
2.
God
rehearseth
his
benefits
done
vnto
the
Iewes
:
against
Priests
and
Prophets
or
Preachers
that
contemne
and
despise
God
:
the
Iewes
are
destroyed
because
they
forsooke
God
,
and
because
they
ran
a
whore
hunting
after
Idols
.
3.
God
being
mercifull
calleth
to
repentance
his
people
which
he
had
forsaken
,
for
their
whoredome
with
Idols
:
hée
exhorteth
Israel
vnto
repentance
,
promising
them
Shepheards
The
Contents
of
Ieremie
.
that
should
haue
the
true
knowledge
of
God
:
the
returne
of
Israel
vnto
God
confessing
their
offence
.
4.
The
true
repentance
or
returning
to
God
:
he
exhorteth
to
the
Circumcision
of
the
heart
:
the
destruction
of
Iury
is
prophecied
,
for
the
malice
of
their
hearts
.
5.
In
Iury
is
there
no
righteous
or
faithfull
man
found
,
●ither
amongst
the
people
or
the
rulers
,
for
whose
sake
the
Lord
should
spare
the
Citty
:
wherefore
Iury
is
destroyed
of
the
Assirians
.
6.
The
sinnes
for
which
Hierusalem
is
afflicted
:
vncircumcised
eares
,
couetousnes
,
d●c●●pt
:
the
Lord
reiecteth
the
sacrifice
of
the
Iewes
:
the
comming
of
the
Babilonians
is
prophecied
againe
.
7.
Ieremie
is
commanded
to
shewe
vnto
the
people
the
word
of
God
,
which
trusteth
in
the
outward
seruice
of
the
Temple
:
the
euils
that
shal
happen
to
the
Iewes
for
the
despising
of
the
Prophets
:
Sacrifices
●oth
not
the
Lord
chiefly
require
of
the
Iewes
,
but
that
they
should
obay
his
word
.
Chapters
.
52.
8.
The
destruction
of
the
Iewes
:
the
Lord
moueth
the
people
to
amendment
,
reckoning
vp
their
sinnes
:
he
reprehendeth
the
lying
doctrine
of
the
Prophets
and
Priests
.
9.
The
complaints
and
bewailing
of
the
Prophets
:
the
malice
of
the
people
:
in
the
knowledge
of
God
ought
we
onely
to
reioyce
:
the
vncircumcision
of
the
heart
.
10.
The
constellations
of
the
●larres
are
not
to
be
feared
:
of
the
weakenesse
of
Idols
,
and
of
the
power
of
God
:
of
euill
creatures
.
11.
A
curse
to
them
that
obay
not
the
words
of
Gods
promise
:
the
people
of
Iuda
following
the
steps
of
their
fathers
worship
strange
Gods
:
the
Lord
saieth
,
that
he
will
not
heare
the
Iewes
,
and
forbiddeth
also
Ieremie
to
pray
for
them
.
12.
The
Prophet
marueileth
greatly
at
the
prosperity
of
the
wicked
,
although
he
confesse
God
to
be
righteous
:
the
Iewes
are
forsaken
of
the
Lord
:
he
speaketh
against
Curats
and
Preachers
that
seduce
the
people
:
the
Lord
threatneth
destruction
vnto
the
Nations
that
bordered
vpon
Iury
,
which
The
Contents
of
Ieremie
.
troubled
and
vexed
it
.
13.
The
destruction
of
the
Iewes
is
prefigured
,
and
their
sparsing
abroad
:
why
Israel
was
receiued
to
be
the
people
of
God
,
and
why
they
were
forsaken
.
14.
Of
the
dearth
that
should
come
in
Iury
:
the
prayer
of
the
people
asking
mercy
of
the
Lord
:
the
vnfaithfull
people
are
not
heard
:
of
prayer
,
fasting
,
and
of
false
Prophets
that
seduce
the
people
.
15.
The
Lord
will
not
heare
Moses
and
Samuel
,
if
they
pray
for
the
people
,
but
wrap
them
in
many
miseries
:
the
cause
of
such
great
miseries
.
16.
●●
prophecieth
the
miseries
of
the
Iewes
,
he
sheweth
that
the
worshipping
of
Images
,
and
the
contempt
of
Gods
Lawe
,
is
cause
of
their
miseries
:
he
prophecieth
the
captiuity
of
Babilon
,
and
their
deliuerance
from
thence
againe
.
17.
The
f●●wardnesse
of
the
Iewes
:
cursed
be
those
that
put
their
confidence
in
man
,
and
those
blessed
that
trust
in
God
:
mens
heart
is
wicked
:
God
is
the
searcher
of
the
heart
:
the
liuing
waters
are
forsaken
:
the
hallowing
of
the
Sabaoth
is
commanded
.
18.
God
sheweth
by
the
example
of
a
Potter
,
that
it
is
in
his
power
to
destroy
the
despisers
of
his
word
,
&
to
helpe
them
Chapters
.
52.
againe
when
they
amend
:
the
conspiracy
of
the
Iewes
against
Ieremie
:
his
prayer
against
his
aduersaries
.
19.
He
prophecieth
the
destruction
of
Hierusalem
,
for
the
contempt
and
despising
of
the
word
of
God
.
20.
Ieremie
is
smitten
and
east
into
pris●n
,
for
preaching
of
the
word
of
God
:
he
prophecieth
the
captiuity
of
Babilon
:
he
complaineth
that
he
is
a
mocking-stocke
for
the
word
of
God
:
he
is
compelled
by
the
spirit
to
preach
the
word
.
21.
He
prophecieth
that
Zedekias
shall
be
taken
,
and
the
Citty
burned
.
22.
He
exhorteth
the
King
of
Iuda
to
iudgement
and
righteousnesse
:
why
Hierusalem
is
brought
into
captiuity
:
the
death
of
Sellum
the
sonne
of
Iosias
is
prophecied
.
23.
He
speaketh
against
euill
Curats
that
make
hauocke
of
the
flocke
of
the
Lord
:
the
comming
of
the
true
Shepheard
The
Contents
of
Ieremie
.
Christ
is
prophecied
:
against
false
prophets
:
the
miracles
of
false
Prophets
.
24.
The
vision
of
the
two
panniers
of
flgges
:
the
first
vision
signifieth
,
that
part
of
the
people
should
be
brought
again
from
captiuity
:
the
second
,
that
Zedekias
and
the
rest
of
the
people
should
be
destroyed
.
25.
Ieremie
prophecieth
that
they
shall
be
in
captiuity
70.
yéeres
,
because
they
contemned
and
despised
the
word
of
God
.
26.
Ieremie
moueth
the
people
to
amendment
:
he
is
taken
of
the
Prophets
and
Priests
,
and
brought
to
iudgement
:
Vrias
the
Prophet
is
killed
of
Iehoakim
,
contrary
to
the
will
of
God
.
27.
Ieremie
at
the
commandement
of
the
Lord
,
sendeth
bondes
to
the
King
of
Iuda
,
and
to
the
other
Kings
that
were
nigh
,
whereby
they
are
admonished
to
become
subiects
vnto
Nabuchodonosor
:
he
warneth
the
people
and
the
Kings
and
rulers
that
they
beleeue
not
false
Prophets
.
28.
The
false
prophecy
of
Hananias
:
the
Prophet
Ieremie
sheweth
that
the
prophecy
of
Hananias
is
●alse
,
by
the
example
of
the
other
Prophets
.
29.
The
Epistle
of
Ieremie
sent
vnto
them
that
were
in
captiuity
in
Babilon
:
he
prophecieth
their
returne
from
captiuity
Chapters
,
52.
after
seauenty
yéeres
.
30.
The
re●urn●
of
the
people
from
Babilon
:
God
by
his
cha●●ening
,
sheweth
that
the
people
is
●●nfull
:
the
destruction
of
the
enemies
of
Israel
.
31.
He
prophecieth
that
the
Children
of
Israel
shall
be
restored
againe
vnto
their
prosperity
:
to
be
turned
from
sinne
is
the
guis●
of
God
:
the
birth
of
Christ
is
prophecied
.
32.
Ieremie
is
cast
into
prison
,
because
he
prophecied
that
the
Citty
should
be
taken
by
the
King
of
Babilon
.
33.
The
Prophet
is
monished
by
the
Lord
to
pray
for
the
deliuerance
of
the
people
,
which
the
Lord
promiseth
:
God
forgiueth
sinnes
,
and
doth
gratiously
to
the
people
for
his
●wne
renowne
:
of
the
birth
of
Christ
.
34.
He
threatneth
that
the
Citty
&
the
King
Zedekias
also
shall
be
giuen
into
the
hands
of
the
●ing
of
Babilon
.
35.
He
propoundeth
the
obedience
of
the
Rechabites
,
and
thereby
confoundeth
the
pride
of
the
Iewes
.
36.
Baruch
writeth
(
what
Ieremie
enditeth
)
the
Booke
of
the
curses
against
Iuda
and
Israel
.
The
Contents
of
Ieremie
.
37.
Zedekias
succéedeth
Cononiath
:
he
sendeth
vnto
Ieremie
●o
pray
for
him
.
38.
By
the
m●tion
of
the
rulers
Ieremie
is
put
into
a
dung●on
.
39.
Nabuchodonosor
besiegeth
Hierusalem
:
Zedekias
●léeth
:
he
is
taken
of
the
Chaldées
:
his
sonnes
are
●lame
:
his
eyes
are
chrust
out
.
40.
Ieremie
hath
licenc●
to
goe
whither
he
will
:
Iohanan
prophecieth
death
vnto
Gedeliath
.
41.
Ismael
killeth
Gedeliath
guilefully
,
and
many
other
with
him
:
Iohanan
followeth
after
Ismael
.
42.
The
Captaines
aske
counsell
of
Ieremie
what
they
ought
to
doe
:
Ieremie
admonisheth
the
remnant
of
the
people
not
to
go●
into
Egypt
.
43.
Iohanan
carrieth
the
remnant
of
the
people
into
Egypt
,
c●ntrary
to
the
minde
of
Ieremie
:
Ieremie
prophecieth
the
destruction
of
Egypt
.
44.
He
reprou●th
the
people
for
their
Idolatry
:
they
that
set
light
by
the
thr●atning
of
the
Lord
are
chastened
.
45.
Baruch
is
reproued
of
Ieremie
.
Chapters
.
52.
46.
He
prophecieth
the
destruction
of
Egypt
:
deliuerance
is
promised
vnto
Israel
.
47.
The
word
of
the
Lord
against
the
Phi●…s
.
48.
The
word
of
the
Lord
against
the
M●●b●●●s
.
49.
The
word
of
the
Lord
against
the
Ani●o●●tes
:
against
Iou●…a
Damascus
,
Cedar
,
Cl●m
.
50.
He
prophecieth
the
destruction
of
Babilon
,
and
the
deliuerance
of
Israel
which
was
in
captiuity
.
51.
How
Babilon
shall
be
ouer-throwne
:
Ieremie
giueth
his
Booke
to
Saraias
.
52.
He
repeateth
the
taking
of
Zedekias
:
Hierusalem
is
taken
of
the
Chaldées
:
the
Temple
is
spoiled
and
robbed
.
The
Lamentations
of
the
Prophet
Ieremie
,
hath
fiue
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
IT
hapned
after
Israel
was
brought
into
captiuity
,
and
Chapters
.
5.
Hierusalem
destroied
,
that
Ieremie
the
Prophet
sat
wéeping
,
and
sorrofully
bewailed
Hierusalem
;
and
●●ghing
,
The
Contents
of
Ieremie
.
and
howling
with
a
heauy
and
wofull
heart
,
said
.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The
prayer
of
Ieremie
.
The
Prophecie
of
Ezechiel
,
hath
fortie
eight
Chapters
.
The
contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
time
wherein
Ezechiel
prophecied
,
and
in
what
Chapters
.
48.
place
:
his
kinred
:
the
vision
of
the
foure
Beasts
:
the
fashion
and
worke
of
the
whéeles
:
the
vision
of
the
Lord
.
2.
The
Prophet
sent
to
call
the
people
from
their
error
.
3.
The
Prophet
being
fed
with
the
word
of
God
,
and
with
the
constant
boldnesse
of
the
spirit
,
sent
vnto
the
people
that
were
in
captiuity
:
the
office
of
true
Preachers
.
4.
The
siege
of
the
Citty
of
Hierusalem
is
signified
:
the
long
continuance
of
the
captiuity
of
Israel
:
a
hunger
is
prophecied
to
come
in
the
captiuity
.
5.
The
signe
of
the
haires
,
by
which
is
signified
the
destruction
The
Contents
of
Ezechiel
.
of
the
people
:
the
causes
of
the
anger
of
God
toward
the
people
.
6.
He
sheweth
that
the
people
shall
be
plagued
for
the
sin
of
Idolatry
.
7.
The
end
of
all
the
land
of
Israel
shall
suddenly
come
:
the
cause
of
the
destruction
thereof
:
the
Prophet
is
commanded
to
shew
the
summe
of
the
euils
that
are
at
hand
.
8.
An
appearance
of
the
similitude
of
God
:
Ezechiel
is
brought
to
Hierusalem
in
the
spirit
:
the
Lord
sheweth
the
Idolatries
of
the
house
of
Israel
,
and
cheefly
of
the
Priests
.
9.
The
destruction
of
the
Citty
:
they
that
shall
be
saued
are
marked
:
a
complaint
of
the
Prophet
for
the
destruction
of
the
people
.
10.
Of
the
man
that
tooke
hot
burning
coales
out
of
the
middle
of
the
whéeles
of
the
Cherubins
.
11.
Who
they
are
that
seduced
the
people
of
Israel
:
against
these
he
prophecieth
,
shewing
them
how
they
shall
be
dispersed
abroad
.
12.
The
parable
of
the
captiuity
:
the
exposition
of
the
Chapters
.
48.
parable
,
by
which
the
taking
of
King
Zedekia
is
signified
.
13.
The
word
of
the
Lord
against
false
Prophets
,
which
teach
the
people
the
counsailes
of
their
owne
hearts
.
14.
The
Lord
denieth
his
word
to
the
people
for
their
sins
sake
15.
As
the
vnprofitable
wood
of
the
Vine
trée
is
cast
into
the
fire
,
so
saieth
he
that
Hierusalem
shall
be
burnt
.
16.
The
Prophet
declareth
the
benefits
of
God
toward
Hierusalem
:
mercy
is
promised
to
the
repentant
.
17.
The
Parable
of
the
two
Eagles
.
18.
He
sheweth
,
that
euery
man
shall
beare
his
owne
sin
:
to
him
that
amendeth
is
saluation
promised
.
19.
The
captiuity
of
Iehoas
and
Iehoiakim
is
signified
by
the
Lions
whelps
and
by
the
Lions
.
20.
The
Lord
denieth
that
he
will
answere
them
when
they
pray
,
for
the
offence
of
vnkindenesse
that
hée
here
obie●teth
.
21.
He
threatneth
the
sword
,
that
is
to
say
,
destruction
to
The
Contents
of
Ezechiel
.
the
Citty
of
Hierusalem
.
22.
The
word
of
the
Lord
against
Hierusalem
,
for
manslaughter
,
and
for
denying
due
honour
to
their
fathers
and
mothers
,
and
other
wickednesse
.
23.
Of
the
fornication
,
that
is
to
say
,
of
the
Idolatry
of
Samaria
and
Hierusalem
,
vnder
the
name
of
Aholah
and
Aho●bah
.
24.
He
proueth
the
fiering
of
Hierusalem
by
a
Parable
of
a
séething
pot
.
25.
The
word
of
the
Lord
vnto
the
sonnes
of
Ammon
,
which
reioyced
at
the
fall
of
Hierusalem
:
against
Moab
and
Seir
,
against
Idumea
,
against
the
Philistims
.
26.
He
prophecteth
that
Tyrus
shall
be
ouer-throwne
,
because
it
reioyced
at
the
destruction
of
Hierusalem
.
27.
The
Prophet
is
moued
to
bewaile
the
desolation
of
Tyrus
.
28.
The
word
of
God
against
the
King
of
Tyrus
for
his
pride
.
29.
He
prophecieth
against
Pharao
,
and
of
the
desolation
of
Egypt
,
with
the
sparkling
abroad
of
the
Egyptians
.
30.
The
destruction
of
Egypt
and
of
his
Citties
is
bewailed
.
Chapters
.
48
.
31.
A
comparison
of
the
prosperity
of
Pharao
,
with
the
prosperity
of
the
Assirians
:
he
prophecieth
a
like
destruction
to
them
both
.
32.
The
Prophet
is
commanded
to
bewaile
Pharao
King
of
Egypt
:
he
prophecieth
that
destruction
shall
come
vnto
Egypt
through
the
King
of
Babilon
.
33.
He
setteth
out
the
office
of
the
Gouernours
and
Ministers
:
he
strengthneth
them
that
despaire
,
and
boldneth
them
with
the
promise
of
mercy
.
34.
Against
Shepherds
that
despise
the
flocke
of
Christ
,
and
seeke
their
owne
gaine
.
35.
The
destruction
that
shal
come
on
the
Mount
Seir
,
that
is
,
on
the
Idumeans
,
because
they
troubled
the
people
of
the
The
Contents
of
Ezechiel
.
Lord
.
36.
●e
promiseth
to
deliuer
Israel
from
the
Gentiles
:
the
benefits
done
vnto
the
Iewes
,
are
to
be
ascribed
to
the
mercy
of
God
,
not
vnto
their
deseruings
.
37.
●e
prophecieth
the
bringing
againe
of
the
people
,
being
in
captiuity
:
hée
sheweth
the
vn●o●
of
the
tenne
Tribes
with
the
two
.
38.
He
prophecieth
that
Gog
and
Magog
shall
come
with
an
appointed
ho●t
into
the
land
of
promise
.
39.
He
sheweth
the
destruction
of
Gog
and
Magog
:
the
gra●●
of
Gog
and
his
hoste
.
40.
The
restoring
of
the
Citty
,
and
of
the
Temple
that
was
to
c●me
,
is
shewed
vnto
the
Prophet
.
41.
The
disposition
and
deuise
of
building
againe
of
the
Temple
▪
and
of
the
other
things
thereto
belonging
.
42.
Of
the
chamber
of
the
Temple
for
the
Priests
:
and
the
holy
things
.
43.
●●
s●●th
the
glory
of
God
going
into
the
Temple
,
from
●●ence
●●
had
before
departed
.
44.
●e
●heweth
that
the
doore
of
the
Temple
is
shut
:
hee
is
commanded
to
vpbraid
the
people
for
their
●●●ence
.
45.
Of
〈…〉
weights
and
measures
.
46.
The
sacrifice
of
the
Sabaoths
,
and
of
the
new
Moones
:
through
which
doore
they
must
goe
in
or
come
out
of
the
Temple
.
47.
The
vision
of
the
waters
that
came
out
of
the
Temple
:
Chapters
.
48.
the
coastes
of
the
lande
of
promise
,
and
the
diuision
therof
by
Tribes
.
48.
The
lots
of
the
seauen
Tribes
:
the
lots
of
the
tenne
Tribes
.
The
Booke
of
the
Prophet
Daniel
hath
twelue
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
Prophet
sheweth
the
captiuity
of
Iehoiakim
King
Chapters
.
12.
of
Iuda
:
of
the
children
that
were
in
captiuity
:
the
King
commandeth
to
choose
which
of
them
should
be
taught
the
learning
and
language
of
the
Chaldeans
.
2.
The
dreame
of
Nabuchodonosor
:
he
calleth
vnto
him
sooth-saiers
,
and
requireth
of
them
both
the
dreame
,
and
the
interpretation
thereof
.
3.
The
King
setteth
vp
a
golden
Image
,
which
he
commandeth
to
be
worshipped
:
Sidrach
,
Misach
,
and
Abednego
,
The
Contents
of
Daniel
.
are
accused
because
they
despised
the
Kings
commandement
.
4.
Nabuchodonosor
dreameth
againe
.
5.
Balthasar
King
of
Babilon
,
abusing
the
vessels
of
the
Temple
,
séeth
a
hand
writing
on
the
wall
:
the
sooth-saiers
called
of
the
King
,
cannot
expound
the
writing
.
6.
Daniel
is
made
ruler
ouer
the
Lords
.
7.
A
vision
of
foure
beasts
is
shewed
vnto
Daniel
.
8.
A
vision
of
a
strife
betwéene
a
Ramme
and
a
hée
Goat
.
9.
Daniel
desireth
to
haue
that
performed
of
God
,
which
hée
hath
promised
,
concerning
the
returne
of
the
people
from
their
banishment
in
Babilon
:
the
death
of
Christ
.
10.
There
appeareth
vnto
Daniel
a
man
cloathed
in
linnen
,
which
sheweth
him
wherefore
he
was
sent
.
11.
A
prophesie
of
the
Kings
of
Persia
:
of
the
Kingdome
of
Gréece
,
of
the
Kingdome
of
Egypt
,
and
of
the
bond
thereof
:
of
the
battel
with
the
Kingdome
of
Syria
.
Chapters
.
12.
12.
He
prophecieth
the
resurrection
of
the
dead
:
the
darknesse
of
the
Prophesie
of
Daniel
.
The
Booke
of
the
Prophet
Osee
hath
foureteene
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
time
wherein
Osee
prophecied
:
the
Idolatry
of
Chapters
.
14.
the
people
:
the
calling
of
the
Gentiles
:
Christ
is
the
head
of
all
people
.
2.
The
people
is
called
to
repentance
:
hée
sheweth
their
Idolatry
,
and
threatneth
them
,
except
they
repent
.
3.
The
Iewes
shall
be
cast
off
for
their
Idolatrie
:
afterward
they
shall
returne
to
the
Lord
.
4.
A
complaint
against
the
people
and
the
Priests
of
Israel
.
5.
Against
the
Priests
and
Rulers
of
Israel
:
the
helpe
of
The
Contents
of
Ose●
.
man
is
vaine
.
6.
Affliction
causeth
a
man
to
turne
to
God
:
the
wickednesse
of
the
Priests
.
7.
Of
the
vices
and
want●nnesse
of
the
people
:
of
their
punishment
.
8.
The
destruction
of
Iuda
and
Israel
,
because
of
their
Idolatry
.
9.
Of
the
hunger
and
captiuity
of
Israel
.
10.
Against
Israel
and
his
Idols
:
his
destruction
for
the
same
.
11.
The
benefits
of
the
Lord
toward
Israel
:
their
ingratit●de
against
him
.
12.
He
admonisheth
by
Iacobs
example
,
to
trust
in
God
and
not
in
man
▪
13.
The
abomination
of
Israel
,
and
cause
of
their
destruction
.
14.
The
destruction
of
Samaria
:
he
exhorteth
the
Israelites
to
turne
to
God
,
who
requireth
praise
and
thankes
.
Chapters
.
14.
The
Booke
of
the
Prophet
Ioel
hath
three
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
A
Prophesie
against
the
Iewes
:
he
exhorteth
the
people
Chapters
.
3.
to
praier
and
fasting
,
for
the
misery
that
was
at
hand
.
The
Contents
of
Ioel.
2.
Hée
prophecieth
of
the
comming
and
cruelty
of
their
enemies
:
on
exhortation
to
moue
them
to
conuert
:
the
loue
of
Christ
towards
his
people
.
3.
Of
the
iudgement
of
God
against
the
enemies
of
his
people
.
The
Booke
of
the
Prophet
Amos
hath
nine
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
condition
and
state
of
Amos
,
and
the
time
of
his
Chapters
.
9.
prophesie
:
the
word
of
the
Lord
against
Damascus
,
the
Philistims
,
Tyrus
,
Idumea
,
and
Ammon
.
2.
He
prophecieth
against
Moab
,
Iuda
,
and
Israel
.
The
Contents
of
Amos.
3.
He
reproueth
the
house
of
Israel
of
ingratitude
,
foreshewing
Gods
most
iust
punishment
for
the
same
:
strangers
are
called
to
see
the
equity
of
Gods
iudgement
against
Israel
.
4.
Vnder
the
name
of
fat
Kine
of
Basan
,
hée
in●●ieth
against
the
Gouernors
of
Samaria
,
and
fore-sheweth
their
punishment
.
Chapters
,
9.
5.
The
Prophet
lamenteth
the
captiuity
of
Sion
:
he
calleth
to
repentance
:
he
describeth
the
power
of
God
.
6.
He
prophecieth
against
the
Princes
of
Israel
liuing
in
The
Contents
of
Amos.
pleasures
.
7.
God
sheweth
certaine
visions
,
whereby
he
signifieth
the
destruction
of
the
people
of
Israel
.
8.
By
a
vision
of
a
basket
of
summer-fruit
,
the
end
of
the
Kingdome
of
Israel
is
shewed
.
9.
Threatnings
against
the
Temple
:
the
subuersion
of
the
people
.
The
Booke
of
the
Prophet
Abdias
hath
one
chapter
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapter
.
viz.
1.
AGainst
Edom
,
and
the
trust
that
they
had
in
riches
.
Chapter
.
1.
The
Booke
of
the
Prophet
Jonas
hath
foure
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
IOnas
fled
when
he
was
sent
to
preach
:
a
tempest
riseth
,
and
he
is
cast
into
the
sea
for
his
disobedience
.
Chapters
.
4.
2.
Ionas
is
in
the
fishes
belly
:
his
praier
:
he
is
deliuered
.
3.
Ionas
is
sent
againe
into
Niniuie
:
the
repentance
of
The
Contents
of
Ionas
.
the
King
of
Niniuie
.
4.
The
great
goodnesse
of
God
towards
his
creatures
.
The
Booke
of
the
Prophet
Micheas
hath
seauen
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
OF
the
destruction
of
Samaria
because
of
her
Idolatrie
.
Chapters
.
7.
2.
Threatnings
against
the
sinfull
people
:
they
would
teach
the
Prophets
to
preach
.
3.
Against
the
Tyranny
of
Princes
,
and
false
Prophets
.
4.
The
calling
of
the
Gentiles
,
and
conuersion
of
the
The
Contents
of
Micheas
.
Iewes
.
5.
Of
the
destruction
of
Hierusalem
.
6.
An
exhortation
to
heare
the
iudgement
against
Israel
being
vnkind
:
what
manner
of
sacrifices
doe
please
God
.
7.
A
complaint
of
the
little
number
of
the
righteous
:
against
the
truth
ought
wee
not
to
hold
,
with
our
greatest
friends
:
the
prosperity
of
the
Church
.
The
Booke
of
the
Prophet
Nahum
hath
three
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
OF
the
destruction
of
the
Assirians
,
and
of
the
deliuerance
Chapters
.
3.
of
Israel
.
2.
He
describeth
the
victories
of
the
Chaldeans
against
the
The
Contents
of
Nahum
.
Assirians
▪
3.
Of
the
fall
of
Niniuie
:
no
power
can
escape
the
hand
of
God
.
The
Booke
of
the
Prophet
Habacuck
hath
three
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
A
Complaint
against
the
wicked
that
persecute
the
Chapters
.
3.
iust
.
2.
A
vision
against
pride
,
couetousnesse
,
drunkennesse
,
The
Contents
of
Habacuck
.
and
Idolatry
.
3.
A
praier
for
the
faithfull
.
The
Booke
of
the
Prophet
Sophonie
hath
three
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THreatnings
against
Iuda
and
Hierusalem
,
because
Chapters
.
3.
of
their
Idolatry
.
2.
He
moueth
to
returne
to
God
,
prophecying
vnto
the
one
The
Contents
of
Sophonie
.
destruction
,
and
to
the
other
deliuerance
.
3.
Against
the
Gouernours
of
Hierusalem
:
of
the
calling
of
all
the
Gentiles
:
a
comfort
to
the
residue
of
Israel
.
The
Booke
of
the
Prophet
Aggeus
hath
two
Chapters
,
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
time
of
the
prophecy
of
Aggeus
:
an
exhortation
to
Chapters
.
2.
build
the
Temple
againe
.
2.
He
sheweth
that
the
glory
of
the
latter
Temple
shall
excéede
Chapters
.
2.
the
first
.
The
Booke
of
the
Prophet
Zacharias
hath
foureteene
Chapters
.
The
contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
HE
moueth
the
people
to
returne
to
the
Lord
,
and
eschue
the
wickednesse
of
their
fathers
:
he
prefigureth
Chapters
.
14.
Christ
and
his
Apostles
.
2.
The
renuing
of
Iuda
and
Hierusalem
.
3.
Of
the
lowe
and
high
estate
of
Christ
,
vnder
the
figure
of
Io●ua
the
high
Priest
:
a
prophesie
of
Christ
.
4.
The
vision
of
the
golden
Candle
▪
sticke
,
and
the
exposition
thereof
.
5.
A
vision
of
the
flying
Booke
,
signifying
the
curse
of
théeues
,
and
such
as
abuse
the
name
of
God
:
by
the
vision
of
the
measure
is
signified
the
bringing
of
Iuda
to
Babilon
.
6.
By
the
foure
Charets
he
describeth
the
prosperity
of
foure
Kingdomes
.
The
Contents
of
Z●●●ar●as
.
7.
The
true
●asting
:
the
rebellion
of
the
people
is
cause
of
their
affliction
.
8.
Of
the
returne
of
the
people
vnto
Hierusalem
:
and
of
the
mercy
of
God
toward
them
:
of
good
workes
:
the
calling
of
the
Gentiles
.
9.
The
threatnings
of
the
Gentiles
:
the
comming
of
Christ
sitting
on
an
Asse
.
10.
The
people
is
moued
to
require
the
doctrine
of
the
truth
of
the
Lord
:
the
Lord
promiseth
to
visit
and
comfort
the
house
of
Israel
.
11.
The
destruction
of
the
Temple●
the
●are
of
the
faith
▪
full
is
committed
to
Christ
by
●●e
Father
:
a
grieuous
vision
against
Hierusalem
and
Iuda
.
12.
Of
the
well
of
grace
and
truth
:
of
the
cleane
riddance
of
Idolatry
and
of
false
Prophets
.
Chapters
.
14.
14.
The
wasting
of
the
Church
vnder
the
figure
of
Hierusalem
:
of
the
Kingdome
of
the
Lord
.
The
Booke
of
the
Prophet
Malachias
hath
foure
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
A
Complaint
against
Israell
,
and
chiefly
the
Priests
.
Chapters
.
4.
2.
Threatnings
against
the
Priests
,
being
seducers
of
the
People
.
3.
Of
the
messenger
of
the
Lord
,
Iohn
Baptist
,
and
of
The
Contents
of
Malachias
.
Christs
office
▪
4.
The
day
of
the
Lord
,
before
the
which
Elias
should
come
.
The
third
Booke
of
Esdras
hath
nine
Chapters
.
1
IOsias
appointeth
Priests
,
&
kéepeth
the
passe-ouer
:
offering
Chapters
.
9.
of
the
priests
and
people
:
the
vpright
life
of
Iosias
:
the
destruction
of
Hierusalem
.
2.
Cyrus
gaue
leaue
to
the
Iewes
to
returne
:
the
names
of
them
that
returned
:
their
aduersaries
did
let
their
buildings
:
and
the
Kings
letters
for
the
same
.
3.
The
feast
of
Darius
:
the
thrée
wise
sentences
.
The
Contents
of
3.
Esdras
.
4.
The
strength
of
a
King
:
of
the
strength
of
women
:
of
the
strength
of
truth
:
which
sentence
is
approued
,
and
the
petition
graunted
.
5.
The
number
of
them
that
returne
from
captiuity
:
their
vowes
and
sacrifices
:
the
Temple
is
begunne
to
be
built
:
their
enemies
would
craftily
ioyne
with
them
.
Chapters
.
9.
6.
Of
Aggeus
and
Zacharias
:
the
building
of
the
Temple
:
Sisinnes
would
let
them
:
his
letters
to
Darius
:
the
Kings
answere
to
the
contrary
.
7.
Sisinnes
and
his
companions
follow
the
Kings
commandement
and
helpe
the
Iewes
to
build
the
Temple
:
the
time
The
Contents
of
Ionas
.
that
it
was
built
:
they
kéepe
the
Passe-ouer
.
8.
Esdras
commeth
from
Babilon
to
Hierusalem
:
the
copy
of
the
commission
giuen
by
King
Artaxerxes
:
Esdras
giueth
thankes
to
the
Lord
.
9.
After
Esdras
had
read
the
Law
for
the
strange
wiues
,
they
promised
to
put
them
away
.
The
fourth
Booke
of
Esdras
hath
sixteene
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
people
is
rerroued
for
their
vnthankefulnesse
:
God
Chapters
.
16.
will
haue
an
other
people
,
if
these
will
not
be
reformed
.
2.
The
Sinagogue
findeth
fault
with
her
owne
children
:
the
Gentiles
are
called
.
3.
The
wondrous
workes
which
God
did
for
the
people
are
recited
:
Esdras
meruaileth
that
God
suffereth
the
Babilonians
to
haue
rule
ouer
his
people
,
which
yet
are
sinners
also
.
4.
The
Angell
reproueth
Esdras
,
because
hée
séemeth
to
The
Contents
of
4.
Esdras
.
●nter
into
the
profound
Iudgement
of
God
.
5.
In
the
later
time
truth
shall
be
hid
,
vnrighteousnesse
and
all
wickednesse
shall
reigne
in
the
world
.
6.
God
hath
foreséene
all
things
in
his
secret
counsell
,
and
is
authour
thereof
,
and
created
them
for
his
children
:
the
felicity
of
the
age
to
come
.
7.
Without
tribulation
none
can
come
to
felicity
:
God
aduertiseth
all
in
time
the
comming
and
death
of
Christ
:
the
resurrection
Chapters
.
16.
and
last
Iudgement
.
8.
The
workes
of
God
are
excellent
:
Esdras
praieth
for
him
and
for
his
people
:
the
promise
of
saluation
vnto
the
iust
.
9.
All
things
in
this
world
haue
a
beginning
and
an
end
,
torments
for
the
wicked
after
this
life
:
the
number
of
the
wicked
is
more
then
of
the
good
.
10.
Esdras
and
the
woman
that
appeareth
vnto
him
commune
togeather
.
11.
The
vision
of
an
Eagle
comming
forth
of
the
sea
:
and
of
her
feathers
:
of
a
Lyon
comming
out
of
the
forrest
.
12.
The
declaration
of
the
former
visions
.
The
Contents
of
4.
Esdras
13.
The
vision
of
a
winde
comming
out
of
the
sea
,
which
became
a
man
:
his
prophecie
and
power
against
his
enemies
:
the
declaration
of
this
vision
.
14.
How
God
appeared
to
Moses
in
a
b●sh
:
all
things
decline
to
age
:
the
latter
age
worse
then
the
former
,
the
ingratitude
of
Israel
:
the
resurrection
and
iudgement
.
15.
The
prophecie
of
Esdras
is
certaine
:
the
euills
which
shall
c●me
on
the
world
:
the
Lord
will
auenge
the
innocent
blood
.
16.
Of
the
euill
that
shall
come
vpon
the
world
;
with
admonition
how
to
go●●rne
themselues
in
afflictions
.
The
Booke
of
Tobias
hath
foureteene
Chapters
,
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
TObias
pa●●●tage
,
his
godlin●s
,
his
equitie
,
his
charitie
,
and
prosperitie
:
he
fleeth
,
and
his
goods
are
confiscate
,
Chapters
.
14.
and
after
restored
.
2.
Tobias
calleth
the
saithfull
to
his
table
:
he
leaueth
the
The
Contents
of
Tobias
.
feast
to
bur●e
the
d●ad
:
how
he
became
blinde
:
his
wife
laboureth
for
his
liuing
,
she
reproa●heth
him
bitterly
.
3.
The
praier
of
Tobias
:
Sara
,
Raguels
daughter
,
●nd
the
things
that
came
vnto
her
:
her
praier
heard
:
the
Ang●●
R●pha●l
sent
.
4.
Precepts
and
exhortations
of
Tobias
to
his
sonne
.
5.
Tobias
is
sent
to
Rages
:
he
méeteth
with
the
Angel
Chapters
.
14.
Raphael
which
did
conduct
him
.
6.
Tobias
deliuered
from
the
fish
:
Raphael
sheweth
him
certaine
Medicines
:
he
conducteth
him
toward
Sara
.
7.
Tobias
marrieth
Sara
,
Raguels
daughter
.
8.
Tobias
driueth
away
the
euill
spirit
:
he
prayeth
to
God
with
his
wise
:
Raguel
prepareth
a
graue
for
his
sonne
in
law
:
Raguel
blesseth
the
Lord
.
9.
The
Angel
goeth
to
Gabellus
at
the
desire
of
Tobi●s
:
The
Contents
of
Tobias
.
which
deliuereth
the
letter
,
and
receiueth
the
money
.
10.
Tobias
and
his
wife
thinke
long
for
their
sonne
:
Raguel
sendeth
away
Tobias
and
Sara
.
11.
The
returne
of
Tobias
to
his
father
:
how
he
was
receiued
:
his
father
hath
his
sight
restored
,
and
praiseth
the
Lord
.
12.
Tobias
declareth
to
his
father
the
pleasures
that
Raphael
had
done
him
,
the
which
he
would
recompence
.
13.
A
thankes-giuing
of
Tobias
,
who
exhorteth
all
to
praise
the
Lord
.
14.
Lessons
of
Tobias
to
his
sonne
;
he
prophecieth
the
destruction
of
Niniue
,
and
the
restoring
of
Hierusalem
and
the
Temple
.
The
Booke
of
Judith
hath
sixteene
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
building
of
Ecbatanis
:
Nabuchodonosor
made
Chapters
.
16.
warre
against
Arphaxad
and
ouercame
him
:
he
threatneth
them
that
would
not
helps
him
.
The
Contents
of
Iudith
.
2.
Nabuchodonosor
commanded
presumptuoufly
that
all
people
should
be
brought
to
subiection
.
3.
The
people
subiect
to
Holofernes
:
he
destroieth
their
Gods
,
that
Nabuchodonosor
might
onely
be
worshipped
.
Chapters
,
16.
.4
Eliacim
the
Priest
writeth
to
Bethulia
,
that
they
should
fortifie
themselues
:
they
cried
vnto
the
Lord
,
and
humbled
themselues
before
him
.
5.
Achior
the
Ammonite
doth
declare
to
Holofernos
the
manner
of
the
Israelites
.
6.
Holophernes
blasphemeth
God
whom
Achior
confesseth
.
7.
Holophernes
doth
besiege
Bothulia
.
8.
The
parentage
▪
life
,
and
conuersation
of
Iudith
.
9.
Iudith
humbleth
herselfe
before
the
Lord
,
and
maketh
her
praiers
for
the
deliuerance
of
her
people
.
10.
Iudith
decketh
herselfe
,
and
goeth
forth
of
the
Citty
:
The
Contents
of
Iudith
.
she
is
taken
of
the
watch
of
the
Assirians
,
and
brought
to
Holophernes
.
11.
Holophernes
comforteth
Iudith
,
and
asketh
the
cause
of
her
comming
:
she
deceiueth
him
by
her
faire
words
.
12.
Iudith
would
not
pollute
herselfe
with
the
meate
of
th●
Gentiles
.
13.
Iudith
praieth
for
strength
:
she
smiteth
off
Holophernes
head
:
shée
returneth
to
Bethulia
and
reioyceth
her
people
.
14.
Iudith
causeth
to
hang
vp
the
head
of
Holophernes
:
Achior
ioyneth
himselfe
vnto
the
people
of
God
:
the
Israelites
goe
out
against
the
Assirians
.
15.
The
Assirians
are
afraid
and
flée
:
the
Israelites
pursue
them
.
16.
Iudith
praiseth
God
with
a
song
:
shée
offereth
to
the
Lord
Holophernes
stuffe
:
her
continence
,
life
,
and
death
:
all
Israell
lamenteth
her
.
The
rest
of
the
Chapters
of
the
Booke
of
Esther
,
which
are
neither
found
in
the
Hebrwe
,
nor
in
the
Chaldee
:
after
the
Latine
,
hath
sixe
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
11.
THe
dreame
of
Mardocheus
.
Chapters
.
6.
12.
Mardocheus
vttereth
the
treason
deuised
against
the
King
,
and
is
therefore
rewarded
of
him
.
13.
The
coppy
of
the
letters
of
Artaxerxes
against
the
Iewes
:
the
praier
of
Mardocheus
.
The
Contents
of
Esther
.
14.
The
praier
of
Esther
for
the
deliuerance
of
her
and
her
people
.
15.
Mardocheus
moueth
Esther
to
goe
in
vnto
the
King
and
make
intercession
for
her
people
:
and
she
performeth
his
request
.
16.
The
coppy
of
the
letters
of
Artaxerxes
,
whereby
hée
reuoketh
those
which
he
sent
first
forth
.
The
Wisedome
of
Salomon
hath
nineteene
Chapters
.
The
contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
HOw
we
ought
to
enpuire
and
search
after
God
:
who
Chapters
.
19.
they
are
that
finde
him
.
2.
The
imaginations
and
desires
of
the
wicked
,
and
their
The
Contents
of
Wisdome
.
counsell
against
the
faithfull
.
3.
The
conseruation
and
assurance
of
the
righteous
:
the
Chapters
.
19.
reward
of
the
faithfull
:
who
are
miserable
.
4.
Of
vertue
and
the
commodity
thereof
:
the
death
of
the
righteous
,
and
the
condemnation
of
the
vnfaithfull
.
5.
The
constantnes
of
the
righteous
before
the
persecutors
:
the
hope
of
the
vnfaithfull
is
vaine
:
the
blessednesse
of
the
Saints
and
godly
.
6.
The
calling
of
Kings
,
Princes
,
and
Iudges
,
which
are
also
exhorted
to
search
wisedome
.
7.
Wisedome
ought
to
be
preferred
aboue
all
things
.
8.
The
effects
of
wisedome
.
9.
A
praier
of
Salomon
to
obtaine
wisedome
.
10.
The
deliuerance
of
the
righteous
,
and
destruction
of
The
Contents
of
Wisdome
.
the
enemies
commeth
through
wisedome
.
11.
The
miracles
done
for
Israell
:
the
vengeance
of
sinners
:
the
great
power
and
mercy
of
God
.
12.
The
mercy
of
God
towards
sinners
:
the
workes
of
God
are
vnreproueable
:
God
giueth
leisure
to
repent
.
13.
All
things
be
vaine
except
the
knowledge
ot
God
:
Idolaters
and
Idols
are
mocked
.
14.
The
detestation
and
abominations
of
Images
:
a
curse
of
him
and
them
that
make
them
,
whereof
Idolatry
is
procéeded
:
what
euills
come
of
Idolatry
.
15.
The
voice
of
the
faithfull
praising
the
mercy
of
God
,
by
whose
grace
they
serue
not
Idols
.
16.
The
punishment
of
Idolaters
:
the
benefits
done
vnto
the
faithfull
.
17.
The
iudgements
of
God
against
the
wicked
.
18.
The
f●ry
pillar
that
the
Israelites
had
in
Egypt
:
the
deliuerance
of
the
faithfull
.
19.
The
death
of
the
Egyptians
,
and
the
great
ioy
of
the
Hebrewes
.
The
Booke
of
Jesus
the
son
of
Sirach
,
which
is
called
in
Latine
Ecclesiasticus
,
hath
fi●tie
one
Chapters
.
The
Prologue
of
Iesus
the
sonne
of
Sirach
vnto
his
Booke
.
Many
and
great
men
haue
declared
wisedome
vnto
vs
out
of
the
Law
,
out
of
the
Prophets
,
and
out
of
other
that
followed
them
,
in
the
which
things
Israel
ought
to
be
commended
,
by
the
reason
of
doctrine
and
wisedome
.
Therefore
they
that
haue
it
and
reade
it
,
should
not
onely
themselues
bee
wise
there-through
,
but
serue
other
also
,
with
teaching
and
writing
.
After
that
my
grand-father
Iesus
had
giuen
diligent
labour
to
reade
the
Law
,
the
Prophets
,
and
other
Bookes
that
were
left
vs
of
our
fathers
,
and
had
well
exercised
himselfe
therein
,
he
purposed
also
to
write
something
of
wisedome
and
good
manners
,
to
the
intent
that
they
which
were
willing
to
learne
and
to
be
wise
,
might
haue
the
more
vnderstanding
▪
&
be
the
more
apt
to
leade
a
good
conuersation
:
wherefore
I
exhort
you
to
receiue
it
louingly
,
to
reade
it
with
diligence
,
and
to
take
it
in
good
worth
,
though
our
words
be
not
●o
eloquent
as
the
famous
Orators
;
for
the
thing
that
is
written
in
the
Hebrewe
tongue
,
soundeth
not
so
well
when
it
is
translated
into
other
speech
;
not
onely
this
Booke
of
mine
,
but
also
the
Law
,
the
Prophets
,
and
other
Bookes
,
sounde
●arre
otherwise
then
they
doe
when
they
are
spoken
in
their
owne
language
.
Now
in
the
thirtie
eighth
yeere
,
when
I
came
into
Aegypt
,
in
the
time
of
Ptolomie
E●erges
,
and
continued
there
a
long
season
,
I
found
Bookes
there
left
full
of
great
and
profound
learning
,
wherefore
I
thought
it
good
and
necessarie
to
bestowe
my
diligence
and
〈…〉
to
interpret
this
Booke
:
and
considering
that
I
had
time
,
I
laboured
and
did
my
best
to
performe
this
Booke
▪
and
to
bring
it
to
light
,
that
the
strangers
also
that
are
disposed
to
learne
,
might
apply
themselues
vnto
good
manners
,
and
liue
according
to
the
Lawe
of
the
Lord
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
WIsedome
commeth
of
God
:
a
praise
of
the
feare
Chapters
.
51.
of
God
:
the
meanes
to
come
by
wisedome
.
2.
He
exhorteth
the
seruants
of
God
to
righteousnesse
,
loue
,
vnderstanding
,
and
patience
,
to
trust
in
the
Lord
:
a
curse
vppon
them
that
are
faint-hearted
and
impatient
.
3.
To
our
father
and
mother
ought
we
to
giue
double
honour
:
of
the
blessing
and
curse
of
the
father
and
mother
.
4.
Almes
must
be
done
with
gentlenesse
:
the
study
of
wisedome
and
her
fruits
:
an
exhortation
to
eschew
euill
and
to
do
good
.
5.
In
riches
we
may
not
put
any
confidence
:
the
vengeance
of
God
ought
to
be
feared
,
and
repentance
may
not
be
deferred
.
6.
It
is
the
propertie
of
a
sinner
to
be
euill
tongued
:
of
friendship
,
desire
to
be
taught
.
7.
We
must
forsake
euill
,
and
yet
not
iustifie
our selues
▪
the
behauiour
of
the
wise
towards
his
wife
,
his
friend
,
his
The
Contents
of
Ecclesiasticus
.
children
,
his
seruant
,
his
father
and
mother
.
8.
We
must
take
héede
with
whome
we
haue
to
doe
.
9.
Of
ielousie
:
an
olde
friend
is
to
be
preferred
before
a
newe
.
10.
Of
Kings
and
Iudges
:
Pride
and
couetousnes
〈…〉
to
be
abhorred
:
labour
is
praised
.
11.
The
praise
of
humilitie
:
after
the
outward
appearance
ought
we
not
to
iudge
.
12.
Vnto
whome
we
ought
to
doe
good
:
enemies
ought
not
to
be
trusted
.
13.
The
companies
of
the
proud
,
and
of
the
rich
are
to
be
eschewed
:
the
loued
of
God
:
like
doe
companie
with
their
like
.
14.
The
offence
of
the
tongue
:
man
is
but
a
vaine
thing
:
happie
is
he
that
continueth
in
wisdome
.
15.
The
goodnes
that
followeth
him
which
feareth
God
:
God
reiecteth
and
casteth
off
the
sinner
:
God
is
not
the
author
of
the
euill
.
Chapters
.
51.
16.
Of
vnhappie
and
wicked
children
:
no
man
can
hide
himselfe
from
God
.
17.
The
creation
of
man
,
and
the
goodnes
that
God
hath
done
vnto
him
:
of
almes
,
and
repentance
.
18.
The
marueilous
workes
of
God
:
the
miserie
and
wretchednes
of
man
:
against
God
ought
we
not
to
complaine
.
19.
Wine
and
whoredome
bringeth
men
to
pouertie
:
In
thy
wordes
must
thou
vse
Discretion
.
20.
Of
correction
and
repentance
:
Of
the
gift
of
the
wiseman
and
of
the
foole
:
of
lying
.
21.
Not
to
continue
in
sinne
:
the
praier
of
the
afflicted
:
to
hate
to
be
reproued
:
the
mouth
of
the
wise
man
:
the
thought
of
the
foole
.
22.
Of
the
sluggard
:
not
to
speake
much
to
a
foole
:
a
good
conscience
feareth
not
.
23.
A
praier
against
pride
,
lechery
and
gluttony
:
many
The
Contents
of
Ecclesiasticus
.
sinnes
procéede
of
adultery
:
of
the
feare
of
God
.
24.
A
praise
of
wisedome
procéeding
forth
of
the
mouth
of
God
:
of
her
workes
and
place
where
she
resteth
.
25.
Of
the
thrée
things
which
please
God
,
&
of
thrée
which
he
hateth
:
of
nine
things
that
be
not
to
be
suspect
:
and
of
the
tenth
,
chiefly
of
the
malice
of
a
woman
.
26.
The
praise
of
a
good
woman
:
of
the
ielousie
,
and
drunkennesse
of
a
woman
.
27.
Of
the
poore
that
would
be
rich
:
the
probation
of
the
man
that
feareth
God
:
the
wicked
imagineth
euill
,
which
returneth
vppon
himselfe
.
28.
We
ought
not
to
desire
vengeance
,
but
to
forgiue
the
offence
:
of
the
vices
of
the
tongue
,
and
of
the
dangers
thereof
.
29.
How
wée
ought
to
lend
our
money
and
do
almes
:
of
a
faithfull
man
answering
for
his
friend
:
of
liberality
and
hospitality
.
30.
Of
the
correction
of
Children
:
of
the
commodity
of
health
:
death
is
better
then
a
sorrowfull
life
.
31.
We
ought
to
giue
diligent
héed
to
honesty
:
of
them
that
take
paine
to
gather
riches
.
32.
Of
the
discretion
and
praise
of
the
preacher
,
and
of
the
Chapters
,
51.
hearer
:
of
the
feare
,
faith
,
and
confidence
in
God
.
33.
The
deliuerance
of
him
that
feareth
God
:
man
is
in
the
hand
of
God
,
as
the
earth
is
in
the
hand
of
the
Potter
.
34.
Of
dreames
,
diuinations
,
and
enchantments
:
wée
ought
to
confute
vaine
hope
and
lying
:
the
praise
of
them
that
feare
God
.
35.
It
is
well
done
to
pray
and
to
do
sacrifice
:
the
praier
of
the
fatherlesse
and
of
the
widdowe
,
and
of
him
that
humbleth
himselfe
.
36.
A
praier
to
God
,
in
the
person
of
all
faithfull
men
:
the
praise
of
a
good
woman
.
37.
How
a
man
should
know
friends
and
counsellors
,
and
search
the
company
of
an
holy
man
.
38.
A
Phisition
is
commendable
:
to
bury
the
dead
:
the
wisedome
of
him
that
is
learned
.
39.
A
wise
man
:
the
workes
of
God
:
vnto
the
good
,
good
The
Contents
of
Ecclesiasticus
.
things
doe
profite
:
but
to
the
euill
,
euen
good
things
are
euill
.
40.
Many
miseries
light
in
a
mans
life
:
all
things
passe
awaie
:
but
a
firme
and
stable
faith
remaineth
:
of
the
blessing
of
the
righteous
:
and
prerogatiue
of
the
feare
of
God
.
41.
Of
the
remembrance
of
death
:
death
is
not
to
be
feared
:
A
curse
vpon
them
that
forsake
the
law
of
God
.
42.
The
lawe
must
be
taught
:
a
daughter
,
a
woman
:
God
knoweth
all
things
,
yea
,
euen
the
secrets
of
the
heart
.
43.
The
summe
of
the
creation
of
the
workes
of
God
.
44.
A
praise
of
certaine
holie
men
,
Enoch
,
Noah
,
Abraham
.
45.
The
praise
of
Moses
,
Aaron
and
Phin●hes
.
46.
The
praise
of
Iosue
,
Caleb
,
Samuel
.
47.
The
praise
of
Nathan
,
Dauid
,
and
Salōmon
.
48.
The
praise
of
Elias
,
Eliseus
,
Ezechias
,
and
Esaias
.
49.
Of
Iosias
,
Ezechias
,
Dauid
,
Ieremie
,
Ezechiel
,
Zorobabel
,
Iesus
,
Nehemias
,
Enoch
,
and
Ioseph
.
50.
Of
Simeon
the
sonne
of
Onias
:
an
exhortation
to
praise
the
Lord
.
51.
The
praier
of
Iesus
the
sonne
of
Sirach
.
The
Booke
of
the
Prophet
Baruch
hath
sixe
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
BAruch
wrote
a
Booke
during
the
captiuity
of
Babilon
,
which
he
reade
before
Iechonias
and
all
the
people
:
Chapters
.
6.
the
Iewes
sent
the
Booke
with
money
vnto
Hierusalem
to
their
other
brethren
,
to
the
intent
that
they
should
pray
for
them
.
2.
The
Iewes
confesse
that
they
iustly
suffer
for
their
sinnes
.
The
Lord
will
that
wée
obay
vnto
Princes
although
they
bee
euill
.
The
Contents
of
Baruch
.
3.
Only
God
was
the
finder
of
wisedome
:
of
the
incarnation
of
Christ
.
4.
The
reward
of
them
that
kéepe
the
Law
,
and
the
punishment
of
them
that
despise
it
.
5.
Hierusalem
is
moued
vnto
gladnesse
,
for
the
returne
of
her
people
,
and
vnder
the
figure
thereof
,
the
Church
.
6.
A
coppy
of
the
Epistle
that
Ieremie
sent
vnto
the
Iewes
which
were
led
away
prisoners
by
the
King
of
Babilon
;
wherein
he
certifieth
them
of
the
thing
that
was
commanded
him
of
God
.
The
Song
of
the
three
Children
which
were
put
into
the
hot
burning
Ouen
,
hath
one
Chapter
.
The
common
translation
readeth
this
song
,
in
the
third
Chapter
of
Daniel
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapter
.
viz.
1.
THe
praier
of
Azarias
:
the
cruelty
of
the
King
:
the
fire
deuoureth
the
Chaldeans
:
the
Angel
of
the
Lord
was
Chapter
.
1.
in
the
Furnace
.
The
Storie
of
Susanna
hath
one
Chapter
,
which
is
the
thirteenth
Chapter
of
Daniel
after
the
Latine
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapter
.
viz.
1.
THe
two
Gouernours
are
taken
with
the
loue
of
Susanna
:
Chapter
.
1.
they
take
her
alone
in
the
Garden
:
they
intice
her
to
wickednesse
:
she
choose
rather
to
obey
God
,
though
it
The
Contents
of
Daniel
.
be
to
the
danger
of
her
life
:
she
is
accused
:
Daniel
doth
deliuer
her
:
the
Gouernours
are
to
put
death
.
The
Storie
of
Bel
and
the
Dragon
Chapter
.
1.
hath
one
Chapter
,
which
is
the
foureteenth
Chapter
of
Daniel
after
the
Latine
.
The
praier
of
Manasses
King
of
Chapter
.
1.
Iuda
,
when
he
was
holden
captiue
in
Babilon
,
hath
one
Chapter
.
Here
followeth
a
necessarie
Table
of
the
knowledge
of
the
state
of
Iuda
,
from
the
beginning
of
the
Monarchie
of
the
Greekes
,
where
the
table
we
haue
set
forth
vpon
Esdras
endeth
,
vntill
the
death
and
passion
of
Iesus
Christ
.
The
70.
weekes
foreshewed
by
Daniel
.
Dan.
9.
|
The
Monarchie
of
the
Greekes
.
|
The
State
of
the
Iewes
.
|
THe
Angell
of
the
Lord
sent
to
Daniel
,
said
that
it
was
70.
weekes
of
yeers
,
that
is
to
say
,
seuenty
times
seauen
,
which
commeth
●o
490.
from
the
giuing
forth
of
the
commandement
that
Hierusalem
should
bee
builded
againe
,
and
restored
,
vntil
Christ
the
Prince
.
This
commandement
was
giuen
forth
by
the
mouth
of
Darius
Long-hand
,
Monarch
of
the
Persians
,
as
●●●●
written
.
N●h
.
2.
Therefore
the
said
79.
weekes
ought
to
begin
there
,
though
all
agree
not
therein
,
for
some
begin
it
in
the
second
yeere
of
the
said
Darius
:
others
the
first
yeere
of
Cirus
.
So
that
from
the
beginning
of
the
said
weeks
●●●●
the
time
that
Alexander
vsurped
the
Monarchie
,
we
reckon
foure
yeeres
and
eighteene
weekes
,
which
maketh
130.
yeers
.
To
shew
the
verifying
of
the
said
weeks
▪
according
to
the
foresaid
prophesie
of
Daniel
.
9.
wee
will
proportion
them
with
the
yeeres
in
which
the
Kings
of
Siria
(
set
there
in
order
on
the
right
side
)
haue
ended
their
Kingdome
▪
each
of
them
in
order
.
|
ALexander
the
great
sonne
to
Phillip
King
of
Macedon
,
conquered
the
Monarchie
of
the
Persians
,
from
Darius
the
192.
yeere
of
●irus
the
first
Monarch
,
transported
it
to
the
Greeke
:
he
reigned
sixe
whole
yeers
,
and
the
seauenth
dyed
,
leauing
diuers
successors
,
to
whom
he
diuided
the
said
Monarchy
before
his
death
,
that
is
,
the
Kingdomes
of
Siria
,
Asia
,
Egypt
,
and
Macedonia
.
We
will
here
treat
of
his
successors
Kings
of
Siria
onely
,
because
the
Scripture
maketh
men●●on
thereof
,
and
maketh
the
supputation
of
the
yeeres
by
the
time
that
the
said
King
reigned
,
beginning
at
the
first
,
as
appeareth
in
the
first
Booke
of
the
Macha●ees
.
And
we
will
orderly
set
their
names
&
the
time
,
that
each
of
them
hath
reigned
,
to
conferre
them
with
the
number
of
the
weekes
placed
on
the
left
side
of
this
●able
:
To
the
end
the
said
weekes
may
bee
verified
,
&
that
the
prophesie
of
Daniel
may
be
plainely
vnderstood
,
touching
the
comming
and
death
of
our
Sauiour
Christ
▪
|
AFter
the
people
of
the
Lord
were
deliuered
from
the
captiuitie
of
Babilon
by
●●●us
,
and
returned
vn●o
their
land
,
vnder
the
conduct
of
Zorobabel
:
there
was
no
〈…〉
●ame
of
King
in
Iuda
,
●ut
Prince
and
Gouernour
,
which
were
for
the
most
part
of
the
line
of
Iuda
,
and
are
these
that
followe
.
|
|
|
1.
Zorobabel
the
yeers
●f
the
gouernment
of
each
Gouernour
.
reigned
38.
yéers
.
|
38
|
|
|
2.
Resa
Mesillam
,
66.
yéeres
.
|
66
|
|
|
3.
Ioanna
Ben
Re●a
,
53.
yéeres
.
|
53
|
weeks
yeers
|
4.
Iudas
Hircanus
,
15.
yéeres
.
All
which
time
amounteth
to
191.
yeers
,
that
the
Monarchie
of
the
Persians
dured
.
|
15
|
25
|
4
|
1.
Seleucus
the
first
King
of
yee●es
〈…〉
the
first
King
o●●…ll
the
d●c●●s●●●●●ch
King
.
Siria
,
surnamed
Nichanor
beganne
his
reigne
the
13.
yéere
after
the
death
of
Alexander
,
and
reigned
31.
yéeres
.
|
|
5.
Ioseph
was
Gouernour
the
yéere
of
Alexander
the
great
,
&
reigned
7.
yéeres
.
In
his
time
,
the
said
Alexander
had
the
Temple
and
sacrifice
in
great
honour
.
|
7
|
28
|
2
|
2.
Antiochus
Soter
held
the
Kingdomes
of
Siria
,
and
reigned
19.
yéeres
.
|
50
|
6.
Abner
S●m●●
ruled
with
Ioseph
,
&
reigned
11.
yéeres
.
In
his
time
Ptolomie
the
first
King
of
Egypt
after
Alexander
took
Hierusalem
,
by
deceite
,
spoiled
the
Temple
,
and
caried
a
great
number
of
the
people
in
to
Egypt
.
|
11
|
30
|
3
|
3.
Antiochus
Th●o●
beganne
his
reigne
the
yéere
51.
&
reigned
15.
yéeres
.
|
65
|
7.
Mathathias
H●li
gouerned
12.
yéeres
.
|
12
|
33
|
4
|
4.
Seleuchus
Gallicinus
reigned
20.
yeeres
.
|
85
|
8.
A●er
▪
Maath
●ouer●
|
●
|
33
|
6
|
6.
Antiochus
the
great
began
his
reigne
the
yeere
75.
&
reigned
36.
yéeres
.
|
124
|
9.
Nagid
Arphaxat
reigned
10
yeers
.
In
his
●une
Eleazar
the
high
Priest
sent
the
70.
Interpreters
to
Ptolomie
Philadelphe
▪
the
●
.
King
of
Egypt
,
&
sonne
to
the
said
Ptolomie
,
to
translate
the
Holy
Scripture
out
of
Hebrewe
into
Greeke
,
and
the
said
Ptolomie
deliuered
all
the
Iewes
that
his
father
had
holden
captiue
▪
|
10
|
40
|
4
|
7.
Seleucus
Philopater
reigned
12.
yéeres
.
|
136
|
|
|
42
|
2
|
8.
Antiochus
Epiphanes
the
Tyrant
mentioned
in
the
first
Booke
of
the
Machebees
began
to
reigne
the
yéere
137.
and
reigned
12.
yéeres
.
|
160
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
9.
Antiochus
Eupator
his
son
reigned
two
yéeres
.
|
150
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
10.
Demetrius
Soter
beganne
his
reigne
the
yéere
151.
and
reigned
10.
yéeres
.
|
160
|
10.
Agar
Eli
succéeded
him
&
reigned
8.
yéeres
.
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
11.
Mallot
Naum
gouerned
7.
yéeres
.
|
7
|
44
|
0
|
11.
Alexander
reigned
5.
yer
.
|
165
|
|
|
45
|
|
12.
Demetrius
Nicanor
reigned
2
yéeres
.
|
167
|
12.
Amos
Sirach
14
yéeres
.
|
14
|
|
3
|
|
|
13.
Mathathias
Sil●a
10.
yet
.
|
10
|
45
|
|
13.
Antiochus
Sedetes
reigned
but
3.
yéeres
.
|
170
|
14.
Ioseph
Arses
66.
yéeres
.
In
his
time
Ptolomie
Philopater
the
4.
King
of
Egypt
,
entred
into
Iury
,
and
killed
60000.
Iewes
,
and
restored
the
country
into
the
hands
of
Anthiochus
the
great
,
which
deliuered
it
againe
to
Ptolomie
the
successor
of
the
said
Philopater
,
for
the
friendship
betweene
them
.
|
66
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
14.
Triphon
began
his
reigne
the
yéere
171.
&
reigned
.
3.
yer
.
|
173
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
1
|
15.
Antiochus
Pius
reigned
12.
yéeres
.
|
185
|
|
|
48
|
|
16.
Demetrius
Nicanor
the
12.
king
afore
mentioned
was
kept
prisoner
by
the
Parthians
,
and
then
returned
again
to
his
Kingdome
,
and
reigned
4.
yéeres
.
|
189
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
15.
Ianna
Hircanus
was
the
last
of
the
line
of
Iuda
,
and
reigned
16.
yéeres
,
he
was
slaine
by
Antiochus
the
Tyrant
.
|
16
|
48
|
|
17.
Alexander
began
his
reigne
in
the
yeere
190.
&
reigned
2.
yeeres
.
|
191
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
52
|
0
|
18.
Antiochus
Griphius
reigned
29
yéeres
.
|
220
|
16.
After
Ianna
succéeded
a
kinred
of
the
Priestes
named
Asmodus
.
The
first
was
Iudas
Machabeus
,
which
reigned
6.
yéeres
with
great
prowesie
and
vertue
.
|
16
|
54
|
|
19.
Seleuchus
,
sonne
to
Griphius
,
was
at
strife
with
his
vncle
and
others
of
his
kinred
by
the
space
of
tenne
yéeres
.
|
230
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
6
|
56
|
|
20.
The
yéere
221.
the
Sirians
being
grieued
at
the
Princes
debate
for
the
Kingdome
,
〈…〉
Tigranes
|
248
|
17.
Ionathas
his
brother
reigned
in
great
prowesse
&
vertue
18.
yeeres
.
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
18.
Simon
his
brother
reigned
1●
.
yeeres
.
|
8
|
|
4
|
|
|
19.
Iohn
Hircanus
his
son
reigned
34.
yéeres
:
he
,
and
the
predecessors
of
his
kinred
,
held
both
the
Kingly
authority
and
Priestly
dignity
togeather
.
|
43
|
59
|
|
1.
The
yéere
149.
Pompey
ouercame
Tigranes
,
and
deliuered
Siria
into
the
hands
of
the
Romanes
.
And
17.
yéeres
after
,
Iulius
Caesar
was
first
Emperour
of
Rome
:
who
reigned
in
the
Empire
5.
yéeres
.
|
269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20.
Aristobulus
,
the
son
of
Iohn
,
reigned
1.
yéere
,
he
tooke
againe
the
Crowne
,
and
title
of
King
,
for
himselfe
and
his
successors
.
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
2.
Augustus
the
second
Romane
Emperour
reigned
56.
yéeres
,
Christ
was
borne
the
41.
yéere
of
the
same
Emperour
,
the
65.
wéeke
and
3.
yéeres
.
|
305
|
21.
Alexander
reigned
King
27.
yéeres
,
and
left
the
Kingdom
to
Alexandra
his
wife
,
which
held
it
9.
yéeres
,
but
left
the
Priest-hood
to
Hircanus
her
son
,
which
reigned
3.
yéeres
after
her
death
.
Then
Aristobulus
brother
to
the
said
Hircanus
,
draue
him
from
the
Crowne
and
Priesthood
,
and
reigned
in
his
place
3.
yéeres
.
Pompey
with
the
Army
of
the
Romanes
,
hauing
taken
all
Siria
,
led
Aristobulus
captiue
,
leauing
Hircanus
in
the
Priest-hood
,
and
Antipater
Herods
father
,
gouerned
in
Iurie
.
And
the
51.
yeere
after
,
Herod
was
proclaimed
King
,
and
the
scepter
taken
from
Iuda
:
Christ
our
Sauiour
came
.
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
3.
Claudius
Tiberius
Nero
the
third
Emperour
,
reigned
23.
yéeres
.
The
15.
yéere
of
the
same
Emperour
,
Iesus
was
baptised
,
&
beganne
then
to
shewe
himselfe
openly
,
which
was
the
5.
yéere
and
69.
wéeke
.
The
third
yéere
following
he
was
put
to
death
for
our
Redemption
,
at
which
time
the
70.
wéeks
were
finished
.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
The
first
Booke
of
Machabees
hath
sixteene
chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapter
.
viz.
1.
AFter
the
death
of
Alexander
the
king
of
Macedonia
,
Chapters
.
19.
Antiochus
taketh
his
kingdome
.
2.
The
mourning
of
Mattathias
and
his
sonnes
,
for
the
destruction
of
the
holie
Cittie
.
3.
Iudas
is
made
ruler
ouer
the
Iewes
:
he
killeth
Apollonius
and
Seron
the
princes
of
Siria
.
4.
Iudas
goeth
against
Gorgias
which
lieth
in
waite
.
5.
Iudas
vanquisheth
the
Heathen
that
goe
about
to
destroy
Israel
,
and
is
holpen
of
his
bretheren
Simon
and
Ionathas
.
6.
Antiochus
,
willing
to
take
the
Cittie
of
Elimas
for
a
prey
,
is
driuen
away
of
the
Cittizens
.
7.
Demettius
reigned
after
he
had
killed
Antiochus
and
The
Contents
of
Machabes
.
Lysias
.
8.
Iudas
considering
the
power
,
and
goodlie
pollicie
of
the
Romans
,
maketh
peace
with
them
:
the
rescript
of
the
Romans
sent
vnto
the
Iewes
.
9.
After
the
death
of
Nicanor
,
Demetrius
sendeth
his
armie
against
Iudas
:
Iudas
is
slaine
.
10.
Demetrius
desireth
to
haue
peace
with
Ionathas
:
Alexander
moueth
warre
against
Demetrius
:
Demetrius
is
slaine
:
the
friendship
of
Ptolomeus
and
Alexander
.
11.
The
dissention
betweene
Ptolomeus
and
Alexander
his
sonne
in
lawe
:
the
death
of
Alexander
.
12.
Ionathas
sendeth
Ambassadours
to
Rome
,
and
to
the
people
of
Sparta
,
to
renue
their
Couenant
of
friendship
:
Ionathas
putteth
to
flight
the
Princes
of
Demetrius
:
Triphon
taketh
Ionathas
by
deceite
.
13.
After
Ionathas
was
taken
,
Simon
is
chosen
Captaine
:
of
whome
Triphon
,
taking
his
children
and
money
,
for
the
redemption
of
Ionathas
,
killeth
him
and
his
children
.
14.
Demetrius
is
ouercome
of
Ar●aces
;
Simon
being
Chapters
.
16.
Captaine
there
is
great
quietnes
in
Israel
:
the
couenants
of
friendship
with
the
Romans
,
and
with
the
people
of
Sparta
,
is
renewed
.
15.
The
Romans
write
letters
vnto
kings
and
nations
,
in
the
defence
of
the
Iewes
.
16.
Sendebeus
the
Captaine
of
Antiochus
hoast
,
is
put
to
flight
by
the
sonnes
of
Simon
.
The
second
Booke
of
the
Machabees
hath
fifteene
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
AN
Epistle
of
the
Iewes
that
dwelt
at
Hierusalem
,
sent
Chapters
.
15.
vnto
them
that
dwelt
in
Egypt
:
wherein
they
exhort
them
to
giue
thankes
for
the
death
of
Antiochus
:
of
the
fier
that
was
hid
in
the
pit
:
the
praier
of
Nehemias
.
2.
How
Ieremie
hid
the
Tabernacle
,
the
Arke
and
the
Altar
,
in
the
hill
▪
of
the
●iue
bookes
of
Iason
contayned
in
one
.
3.
Of
the
honour
done
vnto
the
Temple
by
the
kings
of
the
Gentiles
:
Simon
vttereth
what
treasure
is
in
the
Temple
.
The
Contents
of
2.
Machabees
.
4.
Simon
reporteth
euill
of
Onias
:
Iason
desiring
the
office
of
the
high
priest
,
corrupted
the
king
with
rewards
.
5.
Of
the
signes
and
tokens
séene
in
Hierusalem
:
of
the
end
and
office
of
Iason
:
the
pursuit
of
Antiochus
against
the
Iewes
.
6.
The
Iewes
are
compelled
to
leaue
the
lawe
of
God
:
the
Temple
is
defiled
:
the
readers
are
admonished
,
that
they
shall
not
abhorre
the
aduersities
wherewith
the
Lord
afflicteth
them
:
the
grieuous
paine
of
Eleazarus
.
7.
The
punishment
of
the
seau●n
bretheren
,
and
of
their
Mother
▪
8.
Iudas
gathereth
together
his
host
:
Nicanor
is
sent
against
Iudas
:
the
Iewes
giue
thankes
after
they
put
their
Chapters
,
15.
enemies
to
flight
,
diuiding
the
spoiles
vnto
the
fatherles
,
and
widdowes
.
9.
Antiochus
willing
to
spoile
Persepolis
,
is
driuen
to
flight
:
As
he
persecuted
the
Iewes
,
he
is
striken
of
the
Lord
:
the
fayned
repentance
of
Antiochus
:
he
dieth
.
10.
Iudas
Machabeus
taketh
the
Cittie
and
the
Temple
:
he
beginneth
to
shewe
the
acts
of
Eupator
:
fiue
men
appeare
in
the
aire
to
the
helpe
of
the
Iewes
:
Timothie
is
slaine
.
The
Contents
of
2.
Machabees
.
11.
Lysias
goeth
about
to
ouercome
the
Iewes
:
succour
is
sent
from
heauen
vnto
the
Iewes
.
12.
Timotheus
troubleth
the
Iewes
:
the
wicked
déedes
of
them
of
Ioppa
against
the
Iewes
.
13.
The
comming
of
Eupator
into
Iurie
:
the
death
of
Menelaus
.
14.
By
the
motion
of
Alcimus
,
Demetrius
sendeth
Nicanor
to
kill
the
Iewes
.
15.
Nicanor
goeth
about
to
come
vppon
Iudas
on
the
Sabbaoth
daie
:
the
blasphemie
of
Nicanor
.
The
description
of
the
holie
Land
,
containing
the
places
mentioned
in
the
foure
Euangelists
,
with
other
places
about
the
sea-coastes
▪
wherein
may
be
seene
,
the
waies
and
iournies
of
Christ
and
his
Apostles
in
Iudea
,
Samaria
,
and
Galilee
:
for
into
these
three
parts
the
Land
is
diuided
▪
Mount
Oliuet
is
two
mile
from
Ierusalem
,
East
and
by
South
:
Gethsemani
a
Village
,
lyeth
at
the
foote
of
the
Mount
,
betwixt
the
same
and
Ierusalem
:
Bethphage
a
Village
lyeth
not
farre
from
it
.
Also
in
the
vale
betwixt
the
Mount
and
Ierusalem
,
Golgotha
,
or
the
Mount
of
Caluarie
,
lyeth
hard
by
Ierusalem
West
and
by
North.
Here
followeth
a
necessarie
Table
to
make
plaine
the
difficultie
that
is
found
in
Saint
Mathewe
and
Saint
Luke
,
touching
the
generation
of
Iesus
Christ
the
Sonne
of
Dauid
,
and
his
right
Successor
in
the
kingdome
,
which
description
beginneth
at
Dauid
,
and
no
higher
,
because
the
difficultie
is
onely
in
his
posteritie
.
Mathew
.
|
|
S.
Luke
.
|
|
Dauid
begate
|
|
Salomon
●
.
|
Nathan
the
Kinges
brother
.
The
posteritie
of
Salomon
left
in
O●hosia●
,
whereby
the
Kingdome
was
translated
to
the
line
of
Nathan
in
the
person
of
Ioas
son
to
Iuda
|
Mathatha
|
Roboan●
|
|
●e●na
|
Ab●a
|
|
Me●cha
|
Asa
|
|
Eliacim
|
Iosaphat
|
|
Iona
|
Ioram
|
|
Ioseph
|
Ochosias
|
|
Iuda
.
|
Simon
called
Ioas
which
begat
|
Amasias
|
The
names
here
contained
,
as
well
on
the
left
side
as
on
the
right
,
issuing
from
Ioas
haue
▪
diuerse
names
and
yet
are
all
one
person
.
Therefore
note
that
the
persons
on
the
left
side
,
named
by
S.
Mathew
are
the
very
same
that
are
otherwise
named
by
S.
Luke
on
the
right
side
till
Sala●●iel
.
|
Leui
|
Azarias
|
|
Matthath
|
Ioatham
|
|
Ioram
|
Achas
|
|
●li●xer
|
Ezechias
|
|
Iesu
|
Manasses
|
|
Her
|
Amon
|
|
Holma●●m
|
Iosias
|
|
Cosan
|
Ac●aas
|
|
Abdi
|
Ioacim
|
|
Mel●hi
|
I●●ko●ias
|
|
Ne●i
|
Salathiel
|
|
Salathiel
|
Zorobabel
which
begate
|
Abiud
|
After
the
people
were
returned
into
the
land
with
Zorobabel
,
being
deliuered
from
the
captiuity
of
Babilon
,
hee
gouerned
the
same
people
58.
yeeres
and
left
diuerse
children
,
among
whom
Rela
&
Abiud
were
the
chief
.
So
the
gouernment
&
rule
●uer
the
people
,
remained
to
Rela
and
his
posteritie
vntill
Iann●
,
&
thence
descended
the
Virgin
Ma●ie
,
as
is
declared
by
the
generation
described
by
S.
Luke
,
●
Ioseph
her
husband
descended
from
the
said
Zorobabel
by
Abi●d
brother
to
Rela
as
Saint
Mathew
declareth
in
the
generation
by
him
described
.
|
Re●
which
gouerned
66.
yeers
.
Ioa●na
53.
yeeres
.
Iuda
14.
Ioseph
7.
S●●●i
11.
Ma●ha●h●
:
Nahat
9.
Nagg●
10.
Hel●●
.
N●um
7.
Amos
14.
Mathath
10
Ioseph
66.
I●nn●
16.
Melchi
Matthath
H●li
called
Ioacim
Ma●i●
the
mother
of
Christ
.
|
Eliacim
▪
|
|
|
A●c●
|
|
|
Sad●●
|
|
|
Achin
|
|
|
Eliud
|
|
|
Eleaz●●
|
|
|
Matha●
|
|
|
Iacob
Iosesph
the
husband
of
Ma●ie
the
virgin
mother
to
our
Sauiour
Christ
.
|
|
|
|
Iesus
Christ
.
|
|
FOr
better
vnderstanding
of
the
Contents
of
this
Table
,
ye
shall
note
that
the
Euangelists
S.
Mathew
and
S.
Luke
,
haue
diuersly
recited
the
generation
of
our
Sauiour
Christ
,
accordgin
to
the
flesh
,
and
yet
tende
both
to
one
ende
,
that
is
to
proue
(
that
according
to
that
which
is
written
of
him
in
the
prophesies
)
he
is
descended
of
the
Royall
blood
of
Dauid
,
and
●●ghtly
succeeded
him
in
the
Kingdome
.
So
the
diuersitie
of
the
said
recitall
consisteth
in
this
,
that
S.
Mathew
setteth
forth
the
said
generation
descending
from
the
father
to
the
sonne
,
and
S.
Luke
ascendeth
from
sonne
to
father
,
which
come
all
to
one
end
.
But
to
shewe
the
agreement
of
Saint
Luke
with
S.
Mathewe
,
we
haue
here
set
forth
the
generation
by
him
described
,
descending
after
the
order
of
S.
Mathew
,
to
the
end
that
the
one
may
be
conferred
with
the
other
:
furthermore
S.
Mathew
describeth
the
generation
of
Ioseph
,
though
it
belong
nothing
to
Iesus
Christ
,
after
the
flesh
,
&
S.
Luke
that
of
the
Virgin
Marie
:
for
it
was
very
necessarie
to
recite
both
,
forasmuch
as
women
were
commonly
reputed
of
the
line
or
kinred
of
their
husbands
and
so
as
well
of
her
husbands
side
as
on
her
owne
ofspring
,
it
is
manifest
that
she
was
of
the
Royall
line
of
Dauid
.
1.
Iuda
of
the
line
of
Nathan
engendred
Simeon
called
Ioas
,
which
came
to
the
Royall
Seate
,
because
the
posteritie
of
Salomon
failed
in
Ochos●as
,
&
therefore
the
Kingdom
belonged
to
Nathans
posterity
according
to
the
ordinance
of
Dauid
,
as
Philo
reciteth
,
that
is
:
the
yongest
of
the
children
of
Ber●ebe
(
which
was
Salomon
)
should
reigne
after
him
,
and
that
if
the
posteritie
failed
,
the
Kingdome
should
come
to
the
posteritie
of
the
next
younger
,
which
was
Nathan
:
and
therefore
Nathan
was
called
Ahiscar
that
is
to
say
brother
of
the
Prince
,
and
they
of
his
posterity
Ahiscarim
,
that
is
to
say
brothers
of
the
Prince
,
and
Mathitim
,
which
signifieth
,
Geuen
to
succeede
.
The
said
〈…〉
reciteth
,
that
the
posteritie
of
the
said
Na●…
was
so
honored
of
the
King
Iosaphat
,
that
〈…〉
called
his
children
the
brothers
of
I●ram
〈…〉
and
their
children
the
brothers
of
Ocho●●a
〈…〉
nephew
:
and
this
is
the
cause
why
the
●…pture
saieth
that
Io●s
was
the
son
of
●…s●as
,
though
he
were
not
his
natural
son
,
b●…
sonne
of
Iuda
descended
of
Nathan
.
Note
that
S.
Mathew
going
about
to
describe
the
generation
by
foureteens
,
did
first
leaue
out
Ioas
,
Amazias
,
and
Azarias
,
which
are
set
in
betweene
Ochos●as
,
the
last
of
the
race
of
Salomon
and
Ioathan
:
further
hee
hath
left
cut
Ichaas
,
and
Ioacim
,
placed
between
the
same
description
more
perfect
and
plaine
Forasmuch
as
it
seemeth
that
S
▪
Luke
maketh
no
mention
of
the
generation
of
Marie
,
but
rather
of
Ioseph
,
for
he
vseth
these
words
,
that
Iesus
was
counted
the
sonne
of
Ioseph
,
which
was
of
Heli
,
that
is
to
say
,
the
sonne
of
Heli
:
we
must
vnderstand
that
in
this
place
the
name
of
sonne
is
taken
for
the
name
of
sonne
in
law
to
Heli
,
for
that
he
tooke
to
wife
the
Virgin
Mary
daughter
to
the
said
Heli
,
which
manner
of
speech
is
common
in
the
Scripture
:
for
we
find
that
Noenn
calleth
Ruth
her
daughter
which
was
but
her
step-daughter
,
her
sonnes
wife
.
The
Gospell
by
St.
Mathew
.
hath
twentie
eight
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
genealogie
of
Christ
from
Abraham
:
the
mariage
Chapters
.
18.
of
his
mother
Mary
:
the
Angel
satisfieth
Iosephs
minde
:
the
interpretation
of
Christs
names
.
2.
The
time
and
place
of
Christs
birth
:
Christ
fleeth
into
Egipt
:
the
young
Children
are
slaine
.
3.
Iohns
preaching
:
office
:
life
:
baptisme
:
reprehending
of
the
Pharises
:
and
baptizing
Christ
in
Iordan
.
4.
Christ
fasteth
,
and
is
tempted
:
he
calleth
Peter
,
Andrew
,
Iames
,
and
Iohn
.
5.
In
this
chapter
,
and
in
the
two
next
following
,
is
contained
the
most
excellent
,
and
louing
Sermon
of
Christ
in
The
Contents
of
St.
Mathew
.
the
Mount
:
which
sermon
is
the
very
key
that
openeth
the
vnderstanding
into
the
lawe
:
in
this
fift
chapter
specially
,
he
preacheth
of
the
eight
beatitudes
or
blessings
:
of
man
slaughter
:
wrath
,
and
anger
:
of
swearing
.
6.
Of
almes
,
praier
,
of
fasting
:
he
forbiddeth
the
carefull
séeking
of
worldly
things
.
7.
He
forbiddeth
foolish
and
rash
iudgement
:
he
reproueth
hipocrisie
.
8.
Christ
clenseth
the
leaper
:
stilleth
the
sea
,
and
the
winde
:
and
driueth
the
deuills
out
of
the
possessed
into
the
swine
.
9.
He
healeth
the
palsie
:
and
calleth
Mathewe
from
the
Custome
.
10.
Christ
sendeth
out
his
twelue
Apostles
to
preach
in
Chapters
.
28.
Iurie
.
11.
Christ
preacheth
:
Iohn
Baptist
sendeth
his
Disciples
vnto
him
:
Christs
testimonie
concerning
Iohn
.
12.
Christ
excuseth
his
Disciples
which
pluck
the
eares
of
corne
.
13.
The
parable
of
the
seede
,
and
of
the
tares
.
14.
Iohn
is
taken
and
beheaded
:
Christ
féedeth
fiue
thousand
men
,
with
fiue
loaues
and
two
fishes
.
15.
Christ
excuseth
his
Disciples
,
and
rebuketh
the
Scribes
and
Pharises
.
16.
The
Pharises
require
a
token
:
Iesus
warneth
his
Disciples
of
the
Pharises
doctrine
.
17.
The
transfiguration
of
Christ
:
he
healeth
the
lunaticke
.
18
:
He
teacheth
his
Disciples
to
be
humble
and
harmlesse
,
to
auoid
occasions
of
euill
.
19.
Christ
giueth
answere
concerning
mariage
,
and
The
Contents
of
St.
Mathew
.
teacheth
not
to
be
carefull
,
nor
to
loue
worldly
riches
.
20.
Christ
teacheth
by
a
similitude
,
that
God
is
debter
vnto
no
man
:
he
teacheth
his
Disciples
to
be
low●ly
:
and
giueth
to
blinde
men
their
sight
.
21.
He
rideth
into
Hierusalem
:
he
driueth
the
marchants
out
of
the
Temple
:
and
curseth
the
figge
tree
.
22.
Tribute
to
be
giuen
vnto
Caesar
:
he
answereth
the
Scribe
vnto
his
question
.
23.
Christ
crieth
woe
to
the
Pharises
,
Scribes
and
hippocrits
:
And
prophecieth
the
destruction
of
Hierusalem
.
24.
Christ
sheweth
his
Disciples
the
destruction
of
the
Temple
:
the
end
of
the
world
,
and
the
tokens
of
the
latter
daies
,
and
warneth
them
to
wake
,
for
the
world
shall
suddenlie
perish
.
25.
The
tenne
Virgins
:
the
talents
deliuered
to
the
seruants
:
and
of
the
generall
iudgement
.
26.
Mary
Magdalen
annointeth
Christ
:
they
eate
the
Easter
Lambe
.
27.
Christ
is
deliuered
vnto
Pilat
:
Iudas
hangeth
himselfe
.
28.
The
resurrection
of
Christ
:
the
high
Priests
giue
the
souldiers
money
to
say
that
Christ
was
stolen
out
of
the
graue
.
A
Table
for
the
better
vnderstanding
of
the
six
&
twentith
Chapter
of
Saint
Mathew
,
the
foureteenth
of
Saint
Marke
,
the
twentie
two
of
Saint
Luke
and
the
nineteenth
of
Saint
Iohn
.
|
The
beginning
of
the
daies
.
|
according
to
the
Iews
reckoning
.
|
The
day
of
24.
houres
,
comprising
the
night
,
beginneth
the
Euening
at
Sunne-set
,
and
endeth
the
next
day
at
Sunne
set
.
|
according
to
the
Romans
reckoning
.
|
The
day
of
24.
houres
,
comprising
the
night
,
beginneth
at
Sun
rising
,
and
continueth
vntill
the
next
day
Sunne
rising
.
|
according
too
ur
reckoning
.
|
The
day
of
24.
houres
,
comprising
the
night
,
beginneth
at
mid-night
and
endeth
the
next
day
at
the
same
houre
at
midnight
.
|
The
names
of
the
daies
after
the
Iewes
.
|
the
1.
day
of
the
sabboth
or
of
the
weeke
.
|
the
2.
day
of
the
sabboth
or
of
the
weeke
.
|
the
3.
day
of
the
sabboth
or
of
the
weeke
.
|
the
4.
day
of
the
sabboth
or
of
the
weeke
.
|
the
5.
day
of
the
sabboth
or
of
the
weeke
.
|
the
6.
day
of
the
sabboth
or
of
the
weeke
|
the
sabboth
that
is
to
say
the
day
of
rest
.
|
the
first
of
the
sabboth
as
before
.
|
The
names
of
the
daies
after
vs
.
|
sunday
.
|
munday
.
|
tuesday
.
|
wednesd
|
thursday
|
frieday
.
|
saturday
.
|
sunday
.
Certaine
daies
of
the
month
of
March
,
in
the
yeere
that
Iesus
Christ
suffered
.
|
10
|
11
|
12
|
13
|
14
|
15
|
16
|
17
|
the
en●ring
of
Iesus
Christ
on
t●e
asse
▪
co●●
with
the
she
●●s●e
into
Hi●●●sa●em
.
|
the
Figge-tree
cursed
and
withered
.
|
the
dining
with
S●mon
the
leaper
.
|
Iesus
Christ
sold
by
Iudas
.
|
the
preparation
of
the
passeouer
▪
according
to
the
Law
.
|
the
preparation
of
the
passeouer
according
to
the
Iewes
.
|
the
day
of
the
feast
of
the
passeouer
according
to
the
tradition
of
the
Iews
.
|
Iesus
ris●●
againe
o●
the
sunday
before
the
breake
of
the
day
.
|
WE
haue
in
this
description
conferred
the
vse
and
manner
of
the
celebration
of
Easter
,
that
the
Iewes
held
,
with
that
which
we
vse
to
reckon
and
beg●n
at
,
and
also
to
name
the
dates
of
the
weeke
,
and
haue
added
thereto
certaine
daies
of
the
month
of
March
,
in
the
yeere
that
Iesus
Christ
suffered
,
to
declare
the
vnderstanding
of
the
said
difficultie
,
wherein
is
to
be
noted
,
that
the
●…d
Iesus
celebrated
not
the
passe-ouer
the
same
day
that
the
Iewes
did
:
but
that
●●
which
came
not
to
breake
the
Law
,
but
to
fulfill
the
Law●
in
euery
point
▪
eate
the
Lambe
with
his
Disciples
at
the
time
ordained
by
the
Lawe
Exo.
12.
which
is
the
14
day
of
the
first
month
(
that
is
to
say
March
)
in
the
afternoone
,
on
the
which
bega●●●
the
said
feaste
,
which
fel●
this
yeere
on
the
Frieday
,
the
euen
of
the
Sabboth
or
day
of
〈…〉
on
the
which
day
,
he
which
was
the
true
Lambe
was
offered
,
to
the
end
that
the
tr●th
might
agree
with
the
figure
:
but
the
Iewes
celebrated
the
said
Passe-ouer
the
day
following
at
euen
after
the
Sun
set
,
Iesus
Christ
being
in
the
graue
,
for
that
by
tradition
of
their
pr●…ssors
,
the
said
feast
which
fell
on
the
Frieday
according
to
the
Law
▪
〈…〉
|
the
Disciples
prepare
the
lambe
which
Iesus
Christ
●ate
with
them
after
euen
the
same
day
,
on
which
euen
began
the
feast
.
|
Iesus
hauing
eaten
the
Lambe
with
his
Disciples
instituteth
the
Sacrament
of
the
supper
is
kissed
by
Iudas
,
is
crucified
dead
and
buried
.
|
Iesus
Christ
resteth
in
the
graue
all
this
day
.
|
the
wom●●
c●r●e
ointment
very
yearely
in
the
morning
to
〈…〉
graue
.
deferred
to
the
next
day
,
which
was
the
day
of
their
weekly
Sabaoths
,
because
they
would
not
keepe
two
feastes
togeather
;
for
this
feast
day
,
they
called
the
great
Sabaoth
.
Iohn
.
19.
and
also
because
as
enemies
of
the
truth
,
they
would
seeke
all
meanes
possible
to
keepe
him
from
being
knowne
the
Messias
.
Here
is
also
to
be
noted
,
that
where
the
●ating
of
the
Lambe
,
the
institution
of
the
Sacrament
with
the
residue
before
mentioned
,
is
referred
to
Thursday
,
and
Frieday
,
if
you
reckon
according
to
the
Iewes
accompt
,
who
begin
their
Frieday
night
,
on
Thursday
after
Sunne
set
,
and
continueth
that
night
and
day
,
vntill
the
next
day
after
Sunne
s●…
shall
finde
that
Christ
did
●ate
the
Paschall
Lambe
,
instituted
the
Sacrament
of
his
body
and
bloud
,
was
kissed
by
Iudas
,
and
was
c●ucified
,
dead
,
and
buried
vppon
Frieday
:
but
if
you
reckon
after
our
v●●
,
then
Christ
did
●ate
the
Paschall
Lambe
,
instituted
the
Sacrament
of
his
●od●●nd
bloud
,
and
was
kissed
of
Iudas
on
Thursday
,
but
was
crucified
,
dead
,
and
buried
vppon
Frieday
.
|
The
Gospell
by
St.
Marke
.
hath
sixteene
chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
office
of
Iohn
Baptist
:
the
Baptisme
of
Christ
:
his
Chapters
.
16.
fasting
:
and
preaching
.
2.
He
healeth
the
man
of
the
palsie
:
and
calleth
Leui
the
Customer
.
3.
He
helpeth
the
man
with
the
dried
hand
:
and
chooseth
his
Apostles
.
4.
The
parable
of
the
sower
:
Christ
stilleth
the
tempest
of
the
sea
,
which
obeyeth
him
.
5.
Christ
deliuereth
the
possessed
from
the
vncleane
spirit
:
The
Contents
of
St.
Marke
.
and
the
woman
from
the
bloodie
issue
.
6.
Of
Christs
doings
▪
and
estimation
in
his
owne
countrie
.
7.
The
Pharises
finde
faulte
at
the
Disciples
eating
of
meate
with
vnwashed
hands
:
the
healing
of
the
deafe
and
dumbe
.
8.
The
miracle
of
the
seauen
loaues
:
how
we
should
follow
Christ
.
9.
The
transfiguration
of
Christ
:
of
seasoning
with
salte
.
10.
Of
diuorcement
:
a
rich
man
questioned
how
he
might
inherit
eternall
life
.
Chapters
.
16.
11.
Christ
rideth
to
Hierusalem
:
the
Pharises
aske
Christ
of
his
authoritie
.
12.
The
vine-yeard
is
let
out
to
husband
men
:
the
poore
widowes
farthing
.
13.
The
destruction
of
the
Temple
:
signes
before
Christs
The
Contents
of
St.
Marke
.
comming
:
Gods
word
shall
not
pas●e
awaie
.
14.
The
high
priests
conspire
against
Christ
:
the
passouer
is
prepared
,
and
eaten
.
15.
Iesus
is
deliuered
bound
to
Pilate
:
Ioseph
beggeth
Christs
bodie
and
burieth
it
.
16.
The
women
come
to
the
Sepulcher
:
the
signes
that
follow
the
preaching
of
the
Gospell
.
The
Gospell
by
St.
Luke
hath
twentie
foure
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
preface
of
Luke
:
of
Zacharias
and
Elizabeth
:
Mary
Chapters
.
24.
visiteth
Elizabeth
.
2.
The
taxing
of
the
world
by
Augustus
Caesar
.
3.
The
preaching
of
Iohn
:
the
age
and
genealogie
of
Christ
.
4.
The
temptation
and
fasting
of
Christ
:
the
deuills
confesse
The
Contents
of
St.
Luke
.
Christ
,
and
are
of
him
reproued
.
5.
Christ
teacheth
out
of
a
shippe
:
new
and
olde
agree
not
.
6.
The
Disciples
pluck
the
eares
of
corne
on
the
Sabaoth
:
with
what
fruit
the
word
of
God
is
to
be
heard
.
7.
He
healeth
the
Captaines
seruant
:
the
faith
of
the
Centurion
:
the
woman
washeth
his
féete
with
her
teares
.
8.
Christ
and
his
Apostles
goe
from
towne
to
towne
and
preach
:
the
parable
of
the
seede
:
and
of
the
Candle
.
9.
The
Apostles
are
sent
to
preach
:
of
thrée
that
would
follow
Christ
but
after
diuers
sorts
of
looking
backe
.
Chapters
.
24.
10.
He
sendeth
his
seauentie
Disciples
to
preach
,
giuing
them
charge
how
to
behaue
themselues
.
11.
Christ
teacheth
his
Disciples
to
pray
:
he
driueth
out
a
dumbe
deuill
.
12.
The
leauen
of
the
Pharises
is
to
be
auoided
:
against
care
of
earthly
things
.
13.
Of
the
figge
trée
that
bare
no
fruite
▪
fewe
enter
into
the
kingdome
of
Christ
.
14.
To
feast
the
poore
:
of
the
great
supper
:
the
salt
of
the
earth
.
15.
The
great
mercie
of
God
is
set
forth
in
the
parable
of
the
lost
shéepe
.
16.
No
man
can
serue
two
maisters
:
the
rich
glutton
and
The
Contents
of
St.
Luke
.
Lazarus
.
17.
Christ
teacheth
to
auoyd
offences
:
the
manner
of
Christs
comming
.
18.
Christ
teacheth
to
continue
in
praier
:
he
foresheweth
his
death
.
19.
Christ
rideth
to
Hierusalem
:
and
weeping
over
it
forsheweth
the
destruction
thereof
.
20.
Christ
the
stone
reproued
:
Christ
the
sonne
of
Dauid
.
21.
The
liberality
of
the
poore
widdow
:
of
the
end
of
the
world
.
22.
Iudas
selleth
Christ
:
they
eate
the
Passe-ouer
.
23.
Iesus
is
accused
before
Pilate
,
and
sent
to
Herode
.
24.
Christ
appeareth
to
the
two
Disciples
that
went
to
●maus
.
The
Gospell
by
S.
John
hath
twentie
one
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
diuinity
,
humanity
,
and
office
of
Christ
:
the
testimony
of
Iohn
:
the
calling
of
Andrewe
,
Peter
,
Chapters
.
21.
Philip
and
Nathaniel
.
2
Christ
turneth
water
into
wine
.
3.
Christ
teacheth
Nichodemus
:
the
loue
of
God
toward
the
world
.
4.
Christ
(
wearied
)
asketh
water
of
the
woman
of
Samaria
:
the
liuely
water
.
5.
Christ
healeth
,
on
the
Sabaoth
day
,
the
man
that
was
sicke
thirty
and
eight
yéeres
.
6.
Faith
is
the
worke
of
God
:
of
the
bread
of
life
:
of
Faith
.
The
Contents
of
St.
Iohn
.
7.
Iesus
fled
the
murmuring
Iewes
:
Christs
kinsmen
beléeued
not
on
him
.
8.
Christ
the
light
of
the
world
:
Abraham
did
sée
Christs
day
.
9.
Christ
restoreth
sight
on
the
Sabaoth
day
,
to
him
that
was
borne
blind
.
10.
Christ
the
true
Shepheard
,
and
the
doore
:
Princes
called
Gods
.
11.
Christ
raiseth
Lazarus
from
death
:
certaine
Iewes
beléeue
Christ
.
12.
Marie
annointeth
Iesus
feet
:
wherefore
the
Iewes
beléeue
not
▪
13.
Christ
washeth
the
Apostles
feet
:
whereby
Christs
Chapters
.
21.
Disciples
are
knowne
.
14.
He
armeth
his
Disciples
with
consolation
against
trouble
.
15.
The
consolation
betwéene
Christ
and
his
members
,
vnder
the
parable
of
the
Vine
.
16.
Of
the
holy
Ghost
and
his
office
:
of
Christs
ascension
:
to
aske
in
the
name
of
Christ
.
17.
Christ
praieth
to
his
Father
,
that
their
glory
might
be
made
manifest
.
The
Contents
of
St.
Iohn
.
18.
Christ
is
betraied
by
Iudas
:
the
Iewes
aske
Barrabas
to
be
let
loose
.
19.
Christ
is
whipped
,
beaten
,
and
crowned
:
all
power
is
of
God
.
20.
Marie
commeth
to
the
Sepulcher
:
the
Apostles
were
ignorant
of
the
resurrection
.
21.
Christ
sore
warneth
Peter
of
his
death
,
and
persecution
.
The
Actes
of
the
Apostles
hath
eight
and
twentie
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
words
of
Christ
and
his
Angels
to
the
Apostles
:
Chapters
,
28.
his
ascension
:
wherein
the
Apostles
are
occupied
till
the
holy
Ghost
be
sent
:
and
of
the
Election
of
Matthias
.
2.
The
holy
Ghost
came
vppon
the
Apostles
in
visible
signes
:
the
Godly
exercise
of
the
faithfull
.
3.
The
halt●●s
restored
to
his
feet
:
Peter
preached
Christ
The
Contents
of
the
Act●
.
vnto
the
people
.
4.
The
Apostles
are
brought
before
the
Councell
:
the
Church
encreaseth
in
doctrine
,
and
exercises
of
all
godlines
.
5.
M●racles
are
done
by
the
Apostles
:
the
sentence
of
Gamaliel
.
6.
Seauen
Deacons
are
ordeined
in
the
Church
:
Steuen
is
accused
.
7.
Steuen
maketh
answere
to
his
accusation
,
rebuketh
Chapters
.
28.
the
hard
▪
necked
Iewes
,
and
is
●●o●●d
to
death
.
8.
The
Apostles
are
scattered
abroade
:
Philip
bapti●eth
the
Eunuch
.
9.
the
Conuersion
of
Saul
:
Peter
healeth
Aeneas
,
and
raiseth
vp
Tabitha
.
10.
The
vision
that
Peter
sawe
:
he
was
sent
to
Cornelius
.
11.
Barnabas
and
Paul
preach
at
Antiochia
:
Agabus
prophecieth
dearth
to
come
.
12.
Herod
persecuteth
the
Christians
:
the
Gospell
flourisheth
:
13.
Of
Sergius
Paulus
.
and
Elimas
the
Sorcerer
:
the
The
Contents
of
the
Acts.
Iewes
are
reiected
.
14.
God
giueth
successe
to
his
word
:
Paul
is
stoned
.
15.
The
decrée
of
the
Apostles
concerning
Circumcision
,
and
other
ceremonies
of
the
Iewes
:
Paul
and
Barnabas
preach
in
Antioch
:
Paul
and
Barnabas
falling
at
strife
breake
company
.
16.
Paul
circumciseth
Timothie
:
the
spirit
calleth
them
from
one
countrie
to
another
:
Lidia
is
conuerted
.
17.
Paul
commeth
to
Thessalonica
,
where
the
Iewes
s●t
the
Cittie
in
an
vprore
.
18.
Paul
preacheth
at
Corinth
:
of
Apollos
,
Aquila
,
and
Priscilla
.
19.
Of
baptisme
:
of
the
holy
Ghost
giuen
by
Pauls
hands
:
the
Iewes
blaspheme
the
doctrine
of
Paul
.
20.
Paul
goeth
to
Macedonia
and
Grecia
:
he
celebrateth
the
Lords
supper
,
and
preacheth
.
21.
Pauls
iourney
by
shipp●
:
of
Philip
the
Euangelist
,
and
Agabus
the
Prophet
.
22.
Paul
rendreth
an
account
of
his
life
and
doctrine
:
he
escapeth
the
whippe
,
by
reason
he
was
a
Cittizen
of
Rome
.
23.
Paul
commeth
before
the
Counsaile
:
Ananias
causeth
him
to
be
striken
.
24.
Paul
being
accused
answered
for
his
life
and
doctrine
.
25.
The
Iewes
accuse
Paul
before
Festus
:
he
answereth
for
himselfe
.
Chapters
.
28.
26.
King
Agrippa
heareth
Paul
:
Pauls
modest
answere
against
the
iniury
of
Festus
.
27.
Paul
shippeth
towards
Rome
:
Iulius
the
Captaine
entreateth
him
courteously
.
28.
The
Viper
hurteth
not
Pauls
hand
:
Paul
preached
Christ
at
Rome
.
The
order
of
times
.
Here
hast
thou
(
gentle
Reader
)
for
thy
better
instruction
,
the
description
of
the
iourney
and
peregrination
of
Saint
Paul
▪
which
is
in
this
second
book
of
St.
Luke
,
called
the
Actes
of
the
Apostles
,
most
entreated
of
.
And
for
because
thou
readest
often
tymes
of
Emperours
,
kinges
,
and
Deputies
,
thou
hast
set
forth
to
thee
the
names
,
the
yeres
,
&
how
long
euerie
Emperour
or
King
reigned
,
or
Deputie
gouerned
,
and
vnder
whome
any
of
these
Actes
were
done
euen
vntill
the
death
of
Saint
Paul
.
The
yeeres
of
the
Emperours
of
Rome
.
|
The
yeers
of
the
Presidents
of
the
Iewes
.
|
The
yeers
of
the
Herodians
.
|
The
yeers
of
Christs
Int●●n●●i●n
.
|
The
yeers
of
Saint
Paul
the
Apostle
.
|
Tiberius
.
|
Pilate
.
|
Herode
.
|
Christ
.
|
Paul
.
Herodes
Antipas
.
Math.
8.
Marke
6.
Luke
9.
|
18
|
6
|
18
|
3●
|
|
In
this
yéere
Christ
suffered
,
arose
from
the
dead
,
ascended
into
Heauen
,
from
thence
hee
sendeth
vnto
his
Apostles
the
holy
Ghost
:
the
Apostles
doe
assemble
and
gather
a
Congregation
vnto
the
Lord
Christ
,
and
doe
continue
in
praier
,
and
suffer
persecution
.
|
19
|
7
|
19
|
34
|
1
Steuen
was
stoned
this
yeere
Eusebius
chron
.
|
Samaria
doth
receiue
the
doctrine
of
Christ
.
Saint
Steuen
was
stoned
:
Saint
Paul
is
conuerted
to
Christ
as
he
iournyed
toward
Damascus
,
and
from
thence
he
departed
to
Arabia
to
preach
the
Gospell
.
|
20
|
8
|
20
|
35
|
2
|
Philip
doth
preach
the
Gospell
vnto
the
Citties
by
the
sea
side
,
and
doth
conuert
a
man
of
Ethiopia
,
an
Eunuche
,
and
of
great
authority
with
Candace
,
Quéene
of
the
Ethiopians
.
|
21
|
9
|
21
|
36
|
3
|
The
Gospell
is
preached
to
the
●irians
,
and
Phenitians
:
of
those
that
were
dispersed
and
fled
from
Hierusalem
.
|
22
|
10
|
22
|
37
|
4
Pilate
was
president
full
t●●
yeeres
Iosephus
.
|
Saint
Paul
commeth
to
Hierusalem
to
see
Peter
,
from
thence
he
goeth
into
Siria
,
Cilicia
,
&c.
Saint
Peter
commeth
into
Lidda
:
after
that
he
was
called
of
Cornelius
to
come
vnto
Cesarea
,
where
he
did
baptize
;
and
from
thence
he
went
to
Hierusalem
,
giuing
answere
to
each
one
that
entred
in
question
with
him
.
|
23
|
Marcell
.
|
23
|
38
|
5
|
Antioch
in
Siria
is
conuerted
vnto
Christ
:
the
Apostles
send
thither
Barnabas
:
Barnabas
bringeth
Paul
out
of
Tarsa
to
Antioch
,
whither
also
Agabus
came
,
speaking
of
dearth
that
was
to
come
:
Paul
and
Barnabas
did
succour
them
of
Hierusalem
.
|
Gains
.
|
Agrippa
.
|
24
|
39
|
6
|
Paul
and
Barnabas
by
the
commandement
of
the
holy
Ghost
,
were
sent
from
Antioch
to
preach
the
Gospell
vnto
the
Heathen
.
|
2
|
2
|
[
](A11230-e56400-b)*
*
In
this
yeere
all
things
pertaining
to
this
former
Herod
was
giuen
to
this
Herod
Agrippa
,
of
whome
reade
Acts
12.
Iosephus
Eusebius
.
Herod
Agrip.
|
40
|
7
|
Paul
and
Barnabas
sailed
from
Paphos
to
Perga
,
a
Citty
of
Pamphilia
,
from
Perga
vnto
Antioch
,
a
Citty
of
Pisidia
:
from
whence
by
a
commotion
stirred
by
the
Iewes
,
they
were
expelled
out
of
their
coastes
.
|
3
|
3
|
|
41
|
8
|
Paul
and
Barnabas
thus
driuen
from
Antioch
come
to
Ico●ium
,
where
they
abode
a
long
time
.
|
4
|
4
|
|
42
|
9
In
these
yeeres
were
Cipres
Pamphilia
Pisidia
&
Licaonia
conuerted
.
|
Claudius
.
|
5
|
|
43
|
10
|
2
|
6
|
|
44
|
11
|
3
|
7
|
|
45
|
12
|
This
yéere
was
Iames
the
elder
beheaded
of
Herode
Agrippa
,
and
Peter
was
cast
into
prison
,
and
was
deliuered
by
the
Angell
of
the
Lord
.
This
King
also
died
in
his
seauenth
yéere
.
|
4
|
Fadus
.
|
Dearth
.
|
46
|
13
Prophecied
by
Agabus
▪
was
the
dearth
this
yeere
as
Eusebius
,
Orosi●●
and
Beda
affirme
.
|
Paul
and
Barnabas
(
after
their
preaching
)
returned
vnto
Antioch
,
where
they
continued
many
daies
with
the
Congregation
.
|
5
|
2
|
Felix
about
this
time
came
into
Siria
.
|
47
|
14
|
6
|
|
48
|
15
|
About
the
beginning
of
this
yéere
Paul
and
Barnabas
tooke
their
iourney
thorow
Phenicia
,
and
Samaria
,
vnto
Hierusalem
,
to
the
Sinod
or
councell
:
after
they
returned
vnto
Antioch
,
where
they
remained
a
yéere
,
whither
cometh
Peter
,
whome
Paul
rebuketh
Galat.
2.
Then
Paul
goeth
into
Cilicia
and
Licaonia
.
|
7
|
Tiberius
Ale
.
|
|
49
|
16
Iosephus
saieth
that
the
dearth
was
in
this
yeere
.
|
8
|
22
|
|
50
|
17
|
In
this
yéere
were
conuerted
the
countries
of
Phrigia
,
Galatia
,
Misia
:
from
Troada
he
went
by
water
into
Macedonia
,
and
conuerted
the
Citties
,
namely
Philippes
,
Apollonia
,
Amphipolis
,
Thessalonica
,
Athens
.
|
9
|
3
|
|
51
|
18
He
commeth
to
Corinth
.
Agrippa
of
whome
reade
Act
26.
hee
commeth
to
Ephesus
.
|
10
|
Cumanus
.
|
Agrip.
Iunior
.
|
52
|
19
|
Paul
goeth
by
sea
to
Hierusalem
,
from
thence
he
commeth
againe
vnto
Antioche
,
from
Antioche
,
he
visiteth
the
Congregations
,
of
him
in
time
past
constituted
in
Galatia
and
Phrigia
.
|
11
|
Felix
.
|
2
|
53
|
20
|
12
|
2
|
3
|
54
|
21
|
13
|
3
|
4
|
55
|
22
|
14
|
4
|
5
|
56
|
23
|
Paul
ferieth
ouer
into
Grecia
:
from
thence
about
Easter
in
his
22.
yéere
,
he
goeth
by
sea
into
Siria
,
not
a
streight
course
because
of
the
Iewes
,
but
first
vnto
Philippos
a
Citty
of
Macedonia
,
and
cometh
about
Pentecost
vnto
Hierusalem
,
there
hée
is
imprisoned
of
the
Iewes
,
set
at
liberty
immediatly
of
Claudius
Lisia
,
Tribunus
,
and
is
sent
vnto
Cesarea
to
Felix
;
is
kept
in
custody
of
Felix
two
yéeres
.
|
Nero.
|
5
|
6
|
57
|
24
|
Festus
commeth
about
May
into
Iudea
,
before
whom
he
pleadeth
this
matter
:
after
that
before
Festus
and
Agrippa
the
King
;
he
is
sent
vnto
Rome
in
Italy
,
the
second
yéere
of
Nero.
|
2
|
Festus
Porti
.
|
7
|
58
|
25
Two
yeeres
he
remaineth
in
free
prison
.
|
3
|
2
|
8
|
59
|
26
|
4
|
3
|
9
|
60
|
27
|
5
|
4
|
10
|
61
|
6
|
Albinus
.
|
11
|
62
|
29
|
7
|
2
|
12
|
63
|
30
|
8
|
3
|
13
|
64
|
31
|
9
|
4
|
14
|
65
|
32
|
10
|
Florus
.
|
15
|
66
|
33
The
beginning
of
the
first
vniuersall
persecution
of
Christians
the
tenth
yeere
of
Nero.
|
11
|
2
|
16
|
67
|
34
|
12
|
3
|
17
|
68
|
35
|
13
|
4
|
18
|
69
|
36
|
14
|
Vaspasia
.
dux
|
19
|
70
|
37
|
After
that
Saint
Paul
had
preached
the
Gospell
of
Christ
,
both
in
the
East
and
West
,
about
thirty
seauen
yéeres
,
he
was
in
the
last
yéere
of
Nero
the
Emperour
beheaded
at
Rome
with
the
sword
.
|
The
Epistle
of
the
Apostle
Saint
Paul
to
the
Romans
hath
sixteene
Chapters
.
The
contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
PAul
sheweth
to
whome
and
to
what
purpose
he
is
called
:
Chapters
.
16.
what
the
Gospell
is
:
the
vengeance
of
God
vpon
the
wicked
:
the
vse
of
the
creatures
:
the
ingratitude
and
punishment
of
the
wicked
.
2.
Gods
iudgement
vppon
the
hipocrites
:
all
men
are
sinners
.
3.
The
Iewes
haue
a
prerogatiue
:
all
are
iustified
by
grace
through
faith
,
and
not
through
workes
.
4.
Iustification
is
the
frée
gift
of
God
,
as
it
appeareth
by
Dauid
and
Abraham
,
and
also
by
the
office
of
the
Lawe
and
faith
.
5.
The
fruit
of
faith
:
from
whence
commeth
death
,
and
from
whence
life
.
The
Contents
of
Romans
.
6.
Newnesse
of
life
followeth
iustification
,
to
the
which
he
exhorteth
.
7.
The
fight
betwéene
the
law
of
the
flesh
,
and
the
law
of
the
spirit
.
8.
The
assurance
of
the
faithfull
:
the
fruites
of
the
holy
Ghost
.
9.
Paul
declareth
his
feruent
loue
toward
his
nation
.
10.
11.
God
repenteth
him
not
of
his
gifts
:
the
deapth
of
Gods
Iudgement
.
12.
How
euery
man
should
walke
in
his
seuerall
calling
.
13.
Of
obedience
to
the
Rulers
,
which
beare
not
the
sword
in
vaine
:
charity
must
measure
all
our
doings
.
14.
One
ought
to
beare
with
anothers
conscience
in
charity
.
15.
Paul
sheweth
his
zeale
towards
them
,
and
requireth
Chapters
.
16.
the
like
of
them
.
16.
A
number
of
salutations
:
Paul
willeth
them
to
beware
of
false
brethren
:
hée
praieth
and
giueth
thankes
for
them
.
The
first
Epistle
of
St.
Paul
the
Apostle
to
the
Corinthians
hath
sixteene
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
HE
praiseth
the
great
graces
of
God
shewed
toward
them
:
exhorting
them
to
concorde
and
humility
.
Chapters
.
16.
2.
He
putteth
for
example
his
maner
of
preaching
,
which
was
according
to
the
tenor
of
the
Gospell
.
3.
Paul
rebuketh
the
sectes
and
authors
thereof
:
Christ
is
the
foundation
of
the
Church
.
4.
After
he
had
described
the
office
of
a
true
Apostle
,
séeing
they
did
not
acknowledge
him
such
one
,
hée
appealeth
to
Gods
Iudgement
.
5.
He
reproueth
sharpely
their
negligence
in
punishing
him
that
had
committed
incest
,
willing
them
to
excomm●●icate
him
:
to
imbrace
purity
and
fly
wickednesse
.
The
Contents
of
Corinthians
.
6.
Christians
ought
rather
to
suffer
:
he
reproueth
the
abusing
of
Christian
liberty
:
and
sheweth
that
wée
ought
to
serue
purely
both
in
body
and
soule
.
7.
The
Apostle
answereth
to
certaine
questions
which
the
Corinthians
desired
to
know
.
8.
He
rebuketh
them
that
vse
their
liberty
to
the
slander
of
other
,
in
going
to
the
Idolatrous
sacrifices
.
9.
He
exhorteth
them
by
his
example
to
vse
their
liberty
to
the
edification
of
others
.
10.
He
feareth
them
with
the
example
of
the
Iewes
,
that
they
put
not
their
trust
carnally
in
the
graces
of
God
:
exhorting
them
to
flee
all
Idolatry
,
and
offence
of
their
neighbors
.
11.
He
rebuketh
the
abuses
which
were
crept
into
th●●
Church
,
as
touching
praier
,
or
prophecying
,
&
ministring
th●
Lords
supper
:
bringing
them
againe
to
the
first
in●●itution
thereof
.
12.
The
diuersity
of
the
gifts
of
the
holy
Ghost
,
ought
to
be
vsed
to
the
edifying
of
Christs
Church
,
as
the
members
of
mans
body
serue
to
the
vse
of
one
another
.
The
Contents
of
Co●in●h●ans
.
13.
Because
loue
is
the
fountaine
and
rule
of
edifying
the
Church
:
hée
setteth
forth
the
nature
,
office
,
and
praise
thereof
.
14.
Hée
exhorteth
to
charity
:
commendeth
the
gifts
of
tongues
and
other
spirituall
gifts
,
but
chiefly
prophecyings
.
15.
He
proueth
the
resurrection
of
the
dead
,
and
first
that
Christ
is
risen
.
16.
He
putteth
them
in
remembrance
of
the
gathering
for
the
poore
brethren
at
Hierusalem
.
The
second
Epistle
of
St.
Paul
the
Apostle
to
the
Corinthians
hath
thirteene
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
HE
declareth
the
great
profit
that
cometh
to
the
faithfull
by
their
afflictions
.
2.
Paul
reioyceth
in
God
for
the
efficacy
of
his
doctrine
.
Chapters
,
13.
3.
Paul
exalteth
his
Apostle-ship
against
the
bragges
of
the
false
Apostles
.
4.
He
declareth
his
diligence
and
roundnesse
in
his
office
,
shewing
what
profit
cometh
thereby
.
5.
Paul
procéedeth
in
shewing
the
vtility
that
cometh
by
The
●…te●…
2.
〈…〉
the
Crosse
.
6.
An
exhortation
to
a
Christian
life
.
7.
He
exhorteth
them
by
the
promise
of
God
to
kéep
themselues
pure
.
8.
By
the
examples
of
the
Macedonians
,
and
Christ
,
hée
exhorteth
them
to
continue
in
reléeuing
the
poore
Saints
:
Chapters
.
13.
commending
their
good
beginning
.
9.
The
cause
of
Titus
,
and
his
companions
,
comming
to
them
.
10.
He
toucheth
the
false
Apostles
,
and
defendeth
his
authority
,
exhorting
them
to
obedience
.
The
Contents
of
Corinthians
.
11.
He
declareth
his
affection
toward
them
:
the
excellency
of
his
ministery
,
and
his
diligence
in
the
same
.
12.
He
reioyceth
in
his
preferrement
,
but
chéefly
in
his
humblenesse
.
13.
He
threatneth
the
obstinate
:
and
declareth
what
his
power
is
by
their
owne
testimony
.
The
Epistle
of
the
Apostle
St.
Paul
to
the
Galathians
hath
sixe
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
Chapters
.
6.
1.
PAul
rebuketh
their
inconstancy
,
which
suffered
themselues
to
be
seduced
by
the
false
Apostles
.
2.
Confirming
his
Apostle-ship
to
be
of
God
:
hée
sheweth
why
Titus
is
not
Circumcised
.
3.
He
rebuketh
them
sharpely
:
and
proueth
by
diuerse
The
Contents
of
Galathians
.
reasons
that
iustification
is
by
faith
.
4.
He
sheweth
wherefore
the
ceremonies
were
ordained
;
which
being
shadowes
must
end
when
Christ
the
truth
cometh
.
5.
He
laboureth
to
drawe
them
from
Circumcision
:
and
sheweth
them
the
battel
betwéene
the
spirit
and
the
flesh
,
and
the
fruits
of
them
both
.
6.
He
exhorteth
them
to
vse
gentlenesse
toward
the
weak
,
and
to
shewe
their
brotherly
loue
and
modesty
,
also
to
prouide
for
their
Ministers
.
The
Epistle
of
St.
Paul
the
Apostle
vnto
the
Ephesians
hath
sixe
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
AFter
his
salutation
:
hée
sheweth
that
the
chéefe
cause
Chapters
.
6.
of
their
saluation
,
standeth
in
the
frée
election
of
God
through
Christ
:
he
declareth
his
good
will
toward
them
:
giuing
thankes
,
and
praying
God
for
their
faith
:
the
Maiesty
of
Christ
.
2.
To
magnifie
the
grace
of
Christ
,
which
is
the
only
The
Contents
of
the
Ephesians
.
cause
of
our
saluation
.
3.
He
sheweth
the
cause
of
his
imprisonment
:
and
desireth
them
not
to
be
faint
because
of
his
trouble
.
4.
He
exhorteth
them
vnto
méekenesse
,
long
suffering
;
vnto
loue
and
peace
.
5.
He
entreateth
of
corporall
mariages
,
and
of
the
spirituall
betwixt
Christ
and
his
Church
.
6.
How
children
should
behaue
themselues
toward
their
fathers
and
mothers
,
likewise
parents
towards
their
children
:
seruants
toward
their
maisters
,
masters
toward
their
seruants
.
The
Epistle
of
S.
Paul
the
Apostle
to
the
Philippians
hath
foure
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
SAint
Paul
discouereth
his
heart
toward
them
:
by
his
Chapters
.
4.
thanckesgiuing
,
praiers
,
and
wishes
,
for
their
faith
and
saluation
.
2.
He
exhorteth
aboue
all
things
to
humility
,
whereby
pure
doctrine
is
chéefly
maintained
.
Chapters
.
16.
3.
He
warneth
them
to
beware
of
false
teachers
,
against
whome
he
setteth
Christ
.
4.
He
exhorteth
them
to
be
of
honest
conuersation
:
and
thanketh
them
because
of
the
prouision
that
they
made
for
him
being
in
prison
.
The
Epistle
of
St.
Paul
the
Apostle
vnto
the
Colossians
hath
foure
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
HE
giueth
thankes
vnto
God
for
their
faith
,
confirming
Chapters
.
4.
the
doctrine
of
Epaphras
:
hée
praieth
for
their
encrease
of
faith
.
2.
Hauing
protested
his
good
will
toward
them
,
he
admonisheth
them
not
to
turne
backe
from
Christ
.
3.
He
sheweth
where
we
should
séeke
Christ
:
he
exhorteth
The
Contents
of
Colossians
.
to
mortification
,
to
put
off
the
old
man
,
and
to
put
on
Christ
.
4.
He
exhorteth
them
to
bee
feruent
in
praier
:
to
walke
wisely
toward
them
that
are
not
yet
come
to
the
true
knowledge
of
Christ
:
he
saluteth
them
,
and
wisheth
them
all
prosperity
.
The
second
Epistle
of
Saint
Paul
the
Apostle
to
the
Thessalonians
hath
three
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1
HE
thanketh
God
for
their
faith
,
loue
and
patience
:
Chapters
.
3.
he
praieth
for
the
encrease
of
the
same
,
and
sheweth
what
fruite
shall
come
thereof
.
2.
He
sheweth
them
that
the
day
of
the
Lord
shall
not
come
till
the
departing
from
the
saith
come
first
,
and
the
kingdome
of
Antichrist
,
and
therefore
he
exhorteth
them
not
Chapters
.
3.
to
be
deceiued
,
but
to
stand
stedfast
in
the
things
that
he
hath
taught
them
.
3.
He
desireth
them
to
pray
for
him
,
that
the
Gospell
may
prosper
.
The
first
Epistle
of
Saint
Paul
the
Apostle
vnto
Timothie
hath
six
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
HE
exhorteth
Timothie
to
wait
vppon
his
office
,
namely
to
sée
that
nothing
be
taught
but
Gods
word
.
Chapters
.
6.
2.
He
exhorteth
to
pray
for
all
men
:
wherefore
,
and
how
:
as
touching
the
apparell
and
modestie
of
women
.
3.
He
declareth
what
is
the
office
of
ministers
,
and
as
touching
their
families
:
the
dignitie
of
the
Church
,
and
the
principall
point
of
the
heauenly
doctrine
.
The
Contents
of
Timothie
.
4.
He
teacheth
him
what
doctrine
he
ought
to
flee
,
and
what
to
follow
,
and
wherein
he
ought
to
exercise
himselfe
continually
.
5.
He
teacheth
how
he
shall
be
haue
himselfe
,
in
rebuking
all
degrees
:
an
order
concerning
widdowes
.
6.
The
dutie
of
seruants
towards
their
maisters
:
against
such
as
are
not
satisfied
with
the
word
of
God
.
The
second
Epistle
of
Saint
Paul
to
Timothie
hath
foure
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
PAul
exhorteth
Timotheus
to
stedfastnes
,
and
patience
Chapters
.
4.
in
persecution
,
and
to
continue
in
the
doctrine
,
that
he
had
taught
him
.
2.
He
exhorteth
him
to
be
constant
in
trouble
:
to
suffer
manly
;
to
abide
fast
in
the
wholsome
doctrine
of
our
Lord
Iesus
Christ
.
Chapters
.
4.
3.
He
prophecieth
of
the
perrilous
times
:
also
what
profit
commeth
of
the
Scriptures
.
4.
He
exhorteth
Timotheus
to
be
feruent
in
the
word
,
and
to
suffer
aduersitie
.
The
Epistle
of
Saint
Paul
vnto
Titus
hath
three
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
HEe
aduertiseth
Titus
,
touching
the
gouernment
of
the
Chapters
.
3.
Church
:
the
ordinance
and
office
of
Ministers
:
the
nature
of
the
Cretians
:
and
of
them
which
sowe
abroad
Iewi●h
fables
and
inuentions
of
men
.
2.
He
commendeth
vnto
him
the
wholsome
doctrine
;
and
The
Contents
of
Titus
.
telleth
him
how
he
shall
teach
all
degrées
to
behaue
themselues
through
the
benefite
of
the
grace
of
Christ
.
3.
Of
obedience
to
such
as
be
in
authority
:
he
warneth
Titus
to
beware
of
foolish
and
vnprofitable
questions
:
concluding
with
certaine
priuate
matters
and
salutations
.
The
Epistle
of
St.
Paul
vnto
Philemon
hath
one
Chapter
,
The
Contents
of
the
Chapter
.
viz.
HE
reioyceth
to
heare
of
the
loue
and
faith
of
Philemon
,
Chapter
.
1.
whome
he
desireth
to
forgiue
his
seruant
Onesimus
:
and
louingly
to
receiue
him
againe
.
The
Epistle
of
Saint
Paul
the
Apostle
to
the
Hebrewes
hath
thirteene
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
HE
sheweth
the
excellency
of
Christ
,
aboue
the
Angels
:
and
of
their
office
.
Chapters
.
13.
2.
He
exhorteth
vs
to
be
obedient
to
the
new
Lawe
which
Christ
hath
giuen
vs
.
3.
He
requireth
them
to
be
obedient
vnto
the
word
of
Christ
,
who
is
more
worthy
then
Moses
.
4.
The
word
without
faith
is
vnprofitable
:
the
Sabaoth
or
rest
of
the
Christians
:
punishment
of
vnbeléeuers
:
the
nature
of
the
word
of
God
.
5.
He
compareth
Iesus
Christ
with
the
Leuitical
Priests
;
shewing
wherein
they
either
agrée
or
dissent
.
6.
He
procéedeth
in
reprouing
them
,
&
exhorteth
them
not
to
faint
,
but
to
bée
stedfast
and
patient
,
forasmuch
as
God
is
sure
in
his
promise
.
The
Contents
of
Hebrewes
.
7.
He
compareth
the
Priest-hood
of
Christ
vnto
Melchisedech
:
also
Christs
Priest-hood
with
the
Leuites
.
8.
He
proueth
the
abolishing
as
well
of
the
Leuiticall
Priest
hood
,
as
of
the
old
couenante
,
by
the
spirituall
and
euerlasting
Priest-hood
of
Christ
and
by
the
new
couenant
.
9.
How
that
the
ceremonies
and
sacrifices
of
the
Law
are
abolished
,
by
the
eternity
and
perfection
of
Christs
sacrifice
.
10.
The
old
Law
had
no
power
to
cleanse
away
sin
,
but
Christ
did
it
with
offering
of
his
body
once
for
all
.
11.
What
faith
is
,
and
a
commendation
of
the
same
.
12.
An
exhortation
to
be
patient
and
stedfast
in
trouble
and
aduersity
,
vppon
hope
of
euerlasting
reward
:
a
commendation
of
the
new
Testament
aboue
the
old
.
13.
He
exhorteth
vs
to
loue
,
to
hospitality
,
to
thinck
vpon
such
as
are
in
aduersity
,
to
maintaine
wedlocke
,
to
auoid
couetousnesse
.
The
Epistle
of
Saint
Iames
hath
fiue
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
HE
exhorteth
to
reioyce
in
trouble
:
to
bée
feruent
in
Chapters
.
5.
praier
with
stedfast
beléefe
,
and
to
looke
for
all
good
things
from
aboue
.
2.
He
forbiddeth
to
haue
any
respect
of
persons
,
but
to
regard
The
Contents
of
St.
Iames.
the
poore
as
well
as
the
rich
.
3.
He
forbiddeth
all
ambition
to
séeke
honour
aboue
our
brethren
:
he
describeth
the
property
of
tongues
.
4.
He
exhorteth
them
to
loue
God
,
and
submit
themselues
to
him
.
5.
He
threatneth
the
wicked
rich
men
;
exhorteth
vnto
patience
and
to
beware
of
swearing
.
The
Epistle
of
St
Peter
the
Apostle
hath
fiue
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
Chapters
.
5.
1.
HE
sheweth
that
through
the
aboundant
mercy
of
God
we
are
elect
and
regenerate
to
a
liuely
hope
:
and
how
faith
must
be
tried
.
2.
He
exhorteth
them
to
lay
aside
all
vice
,
shewing
that
Christ
is
the
foundation
whereupon
they
build
.
The
Contents
of
Saint
Peter
.
3.
How
wiues
ought
to
order
themselues
toward
their
husbands
:
and
in
their
apparell
.
4.
He
exhorteth
all
men
to
cease
from
sinne
:
to
be
sober
and
apt
to
pray
.
5.
The
duty
of
Pastours
is
to
féede
the
stocke
of
Christ
,
and
what
reward
they
shall
haue
if
they
be
diligent
.
The
second
Epistle
of
Saint
Peter
hath
three
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
FOrasmuch
as
the
power
of
God
hath
giuen
them
all
Chapters
.
3.
things
pertaining
vnto
life
:
hée
exhorteth
them
to
slée
the
corruption
of
worldly
lusts
.
2.
He
prophecieth
of
false
teachers
,
and
sheweth
their
punishment
.
3.
He
sheweth
the
impiety
of
them
which
mocke
at
Gods
promise
:
after
what
sort
the
end
of
the
world
shall
be
:
that
The
Contents
of
S.
Iames.
they
prepare
themselues
thereunto
:
who
they
are
that
abuse
the
writings
of
Saint
Paul
and
the
rest
of
the
scriptures
:
concluding
with
eternall
thankes
to
Christ
Iesus
.
The
first
Epistle
of
Saint
Iohn
the
Apostle
hath
fiue
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
true
witnesse
of
the
euerlasting
word
of
God
:
the
Chapters
,
5.
bloud
of
Christ
is
the
purgation
of
sinne
:
no
man
is
without
sinne
.
2.
Christ
is
our
aduocate
:
of
true
loue
,
and
how
it
is
tried
:
to
beware
of
Antichrist
.
3.
The
singular
loue
of
God
toward
vs
,
and
how
we
againe
The
Contents
of
Saint
Iohn
.
ought
to
loue
one
another
.
4.
Difference
of
spirits
:
how
the
spirit
of
God
may
bée
knowen
,
from
the
spirit
of
error
.
5.
Of
the
fruites
of
faith
.
The
second
Epistle
of
St.
Iohn
hath
one
Chapter
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapter
.
viz.
1.
HE
writeth
vnto
a
certaine
Lady
,
reioycing
that
her
Chapter
.
1.
children
walke
in
the
truth
,
and
exhorteth
them
vnto
loue
.
The
third
Epistle
of
S.
Iohn
hath
one
Chapter
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapter
.
viz.
1.
HE
is
glad
of
Gaius
that
he
walketh
in
the
truth
:
and
Chapter
.
1.
exhorteth
to
be
louing
vnto
the
poore
Christians
in
their
persecution
.
The
Epistle
of
Saint
Iude
hath
one
Chapter
.
The
contents
of
the
Chapter
.
viz.
1.
SAint
Iude
admonisheth
all
Churches
generally
to
Chapter
.
●
.
take
héede
of
deceiuers
,
which
goe
about
to
draw
away
the
hearts
of
the
simple
people
from
the
truth
of
God
.
The
Reuelation
of
St.
Iohn
the
Diuine
hath
twentie
two
Chapters
.
The
Contents
of
the
Chapters
.
viz.
1.
THe
cause
of
this
Reuelation
:
of
them
that
reade
it
:
Chapters
.
22.
Iohn
writeth
to
the
seauen
Churches
:
the
Mai●sty
and
office
of
the
sonne
of
God
:
the
vision
of
the
Candlesticks
and
starres
.
2.
He
exhorteth
foure
Churches
to
repentance
,
to
perseuerance
,
patience
and
amendment
,
as
well
by
threatnings
as
by
promises
of
reward
.
3.
He
exhorteth
the
Churches
or
Ministers
to
the
true
profession
of
faith
,
and
to
watching
.
4.
The
vision
of
the
Maiesty
of
God
:
he
séeeth
the
throne
and
one
sitting
vppon
it
,
and
foure
and
twenty
seates
about
it
,
with
foure
and
twenty
Elders
sitting
vppon
them
,
and
foure
beasts
praising
God
day
and
night
.
5.
He
séeth
the
Lambe
opening
the
Booke
,
and
therefore
The
Contents
of
the
Reuelation
.
the
foure
beasts
,
the
foure
and
twenty
Elders
,
and
the
Angels
praise
the
Lambe
,
and
doe
him
worship
for
their
redemption
and
other
benefits
.
6.
The
Lambe
openeth
the
six
seales
,
and
many
thinges
follow
the
opening
thereof
.
7.
He
séeth
the
seruants
of
God
sealed
in
their
foreheads
,
out
of
all
nations
,
&
people
;
which
though
they
suffer
trouble
yet
the
Lambe
féedeth
them
,
leadeth
them
to
the
fountaines
of
liuing
water
:
and
God
shall
wipe
away
all
teares
from
their
eyes
.
8.
The
seauenth
seale
is
opened
:
there
is
silence
in
heauen
:
the
foure
Angels
blowe
their
Trumpets
:
and
great
plagues
follow
vppon
the
earth
.
9.
The
first
woe
is
past
,
the
foure
Angells
that
were
bound
are
loosed
,
and
the
third
parte
of
men
is
killed
.
10.
The
Angell
hath
the
booke
open
,
he
sweareth
there
shall
be
no
more
time
,
he
giueth
the
booke
vnto
Iohn
who
eateth
Chapters
.
22.
it
vp
.
11.
The
Temple
is
measured
:
two
witnesses
raised
vp
by
the
Lord
are
murthered
by
the
beast
.
12.
There
appeareth
in
Heauen
a
woman
cloathed
with
the
Sunne
&c.
13.
The
beast
deceiueth
the
reprobate
,
and
is
confirmed
by
an
other
:
the
priuiledge
of
the
beasts
marke
.
14.
The
notable
company
of
the
Lamb
:
One
Angell
a●nounceth
the
Gospell
,
another
the
fall
of
Babilon
,
and
the
third
warneth
to
flée
from
the
beast
:
of
the
Lords
haruest
.
15.
The
song
of
them
that
ouercome
the
beast
.
16.
The
Angells
poure
out
their
vialls
full
of
wrath
,
and
The
Contents
of
the
Reuelation
.
what
plagues
follow
thereof
:
admonition
to
take
héede
and
watch
.
17.
The
description
of
the
great
whore
,
and
her
sinnes
and
punishment
.
18.
The
louers
of
the
world
are
sorry
for
the
fall
of
the
whore
of
Babilon
,
but
they
that
be
of
God
haue
cause
to
reioyce
for
her
destruction
.
19.
Praises
are
giuen
to
God
for
iudging
the
whore
.
20.
Sathan
being
bound
for
a
certaine
time
,
and
after
let
loose
,
vexeth
the
Church
grieuously
.
21.
The
blessed
estate
of
the
godly
,
and
the
miserable
condition
of
the
wicked
.
22.
The
riuer
of
the
water
of
life
:
the
Angell
will
not
be
worshiped
.
A
briefe
collection
of
the
contents
of
all
the
Psalmes
of
Dauid
in
meeter
being
in
number
one
hundreth
and
fifty
The
Contents
of
the
Psalmes
.
viz.
1.
THis
psalme
is
set
first
as
a
preface
,
to
exhort
all
godly
men
to
study
and
meditate
the
heauenly
wisdome
:
for
they
be
blessed
that
so
doe
,
but
the
wicked
contemners
thereof
at
length
shall
come
to
misery
.
2.
Dauid
reioyceth
,
that
albeit
enemies
and
worldly
powers
rage
,
God
will
aduance
his
Kingdome
euen
to
the
farthest
end
of
the
world
:
therefore
he
exhorteth
Princes
humbly
to
submit
themselues
vnder
the
same
;
herein
is
signified
Christ
and
his
Kingdome
.
3.
Dauid
,
driuen
out
of
his
kingdome
by
his
sonne
Absolon
,
was
greatly
tormented
in
minde
for
his
sinne
:
therefore
he
calleth
vpon
God
▪
and
is
bold
in
his
promises
against
the
terrors
of
enemies
and
present
death
:
then
he
reioyceth
for
the
victory
giuen
to
him
and
the
Church
ouer
their
enemies
.
4.
Dauid
,
persecuted
by
Saul
,
calleth
vpon
God
with
assured
The
Contents
.
trust
,
reproueth
his
enemies
for
resisting
his
dominion
,
and
preferreth
the
fauour
of
God
before
all
treasure
.
5.
Dauid
,
persecuted
by
Doeg
and
Achitophell
,
Sauls
flatterers
,
calleth
vpon
God
to
punish
their
malice
:
then
assured
of
successe
he
receiued
comfort
.
6.
Dauid
for
his
sinnes
felt
Gods
hand
,
and
conceiued
the
horror
of
euerlasting
death
,
therefore
he
desireth
forgiuenesse
,
and
not
to
die
in
Gods
indignation
,
then
sodainely
féeling
Gods
mercie
,
he
rebuketh
his
enemies
who
reioyce
at
his
affliction
.
7.
Dauid
,
falsely
accused
by
Chus
,
Sauls
kinsman
,
calleth
God
to
be
his
defender
;
first
that
his
conscience
did
not
accuse
him
of
any
euill
towards
Saul
;
next
that
it
touched
Gods
glory
to
award
sentence
against
the
wicked
,
and
so
vpon
Gods
mercies
and
promises
he
waxeth
bold
,
threatning
that
it
shall
fall
on
their
necks
that
which
his
enemies
purposed
for
others
.
8.
The
Prophet
considering
the
excellent
liberality
and
fatherly
prouidence
of
God
towards
man
,
whome
he
made
as
it
were
a
God
ouer
all
his
workes
,
giueth
thankes
and
is
astonied
with
the
admiration
of
the
same
.
9.
Dauid
giueth
thankes
for
his
manifold
victories
receiued
,
desireth
the
same
wonted
helpe
againe
against
his
new
enemies
,
and
their
malitious
arrogancy
to
be
destroyed
.
10.
He
complaineth
of
all
the
wrongs
which
worldly
men
die
,
because
of
their
prosperity
,
who
therefore
without
all
feare
of
God
think
they
may
haue
all
things
vncontroled
,
he
calleth
for
remedie
against
such
,
and
is
comforted
with
the
hope
thereof
.
11.
This
Psalme
sheweth
first
,
what
assaults
of
temptation
and
anguish
of
minde
,
he
sustained
in
persecution
:
next
The
Contents
.
he
reioyceth
that
God
sent
him
succour
in
necessity
,
declaring
his
iustice
,
as
well
in
gouerning
the
good
and
wicked
men
as
the
whole
world
.
12.
He
prophecying
the
miserable
decay
of
all
good
order
,
desireth
God
spéedily
to
send
reformation
:
then
comforted
with
the
assurance
of
Gods
helpe
and
promises
,
concludeth
,
that
when
all
orders
are
most
corrupted
,
then
God
will
deliuer
his
.
13.
Dauid
as
it
were
ouercome
with
afflictions
,
flieth
to
God
his
onely
refuge
:
encouraged
through
Gods
promises
he
conceiueth
confidence
against
the
extreame
horrors
of
death
.
14.
He
describeth
the
wickednesse
of
men
,
so
growne
to
such
licentiousnes
,
that
God
was
brought
to
vtter
contempt
;
for
which
albeit
he
was
greatly
grieued
,
yet
perswaded
that
God
would
redresse
it
,
he
is
comforted
.
15.
Here
is
taught
why
God
chose
the
Iewes
his
peculiar
people
,
and
placed
his
Temple
among
them
,
which
was
that
they
by
liuing
vprightly
,
might
witnesse
that
they
were
his
speciall
and
holy
people
.
16.
Dauid
praieth
to
God
for
succour
,
not
for
his
workes
but
for
his
faiths
sake
:
protesting
that
he
hateth
all
Idolatry
,
taking
God
onely
for
his
comfort
and
felicity
,
who
suffered
his
to
lacke
nothing
.
17.
Here
he
complaineth
to
God
of
the
cruell
pride
and
arrogancy
of
Saule
without
any
cause
,
therefore
hée
desireth
God
to
reuenge
his
innocency
,
and
deliuer
him
.
18.
Dauid
giueth
thanckes
entring
into
his
Kingdome
,
extolling
the
maruellous
graces
of
God
in
his
preseruation
:
here
is
the
image
of
Christs
Kingdome
,
which
shall
conquer
through
Christ
,
by
the
vnspeakeable
loue
of
God
,
though
all
the
world
resist
.
19.
He
moueth
the
faithfull
to
glorifie
God
,
by
the
work
▪
manship
,
proportion
and
ornaments
of
the
heauens
:
and
by
the
Law
wherein
God
is
reuealed
familiarly
to
his
chosen
people
.
20.
The
people
pray
to
God
to
heare
their
King
,
and
receiue
his
sacrifice
which
he
offered
before
he
went
to
battell
against
the
Ammonites
:
declaring
that
the
heathen
put
their
trust
in
horses
,
but
they
trust
onely
in
his
name
,
wherefore
The
Contents
.
the
other
shall
fall
,
but
the
King
and
his
people
shall
stand
.
21.
Dauid
in
the
presence
of
the
people
praiseth
God
for
the
victory
giuen
them
against
the
Sirians
and
Amonites
1.
Samuel
31.
wherein
he
was
crowned
with
the
Crowne
of
the
King
of
Ammon
:
2.
Samuel
12.
and
endued
with
the
manifold
blessing
of
God
.
22.
Dauid
complaineth
of
the
desperate
extreamities
,
and
declareth
whereof
he
recouered
himselfe
from
temptation
:
vnder
his
person
is
figured
Christ
.
23.
Dauid
hauing
tried
Gods
manifold
mercies
diuers
times
,
gathereth
the
assurance
that
God
will
continue
his
goodnesse
for
euer
.
24.
The
grace
of
God
being
now
vttered
in
the
Temple
more
glorious
then
before
in
the
Tabernacle
,
Dauid
with
exclamation
setteth
forth
the
honour
thereof
,
mouing
the
consideration
of
the
eternall
mansions
prepared
in
heauen
,
wher
▪
of
this
was
a
figure
.
25.
Dauid
grieued
at
his
sinnes
and
malicious
enemies
,
mo●
feruently
praieth
for
forgiuenes
,
especially
of
such
as
he
committed
in
youth
.
26.
Dauid
iniuriously
oppressed
and
helpelesse
,
yet
assured
of
his
integrity
to
Saul
,
calleth
God
to
defend
him
causelesse
afflicted
,
then
he
desireth
to
be
in
the
company
of
the
faithfull
in
the
Congregation
of
God
,
when
hee
was
banished
by
Saul
,
promising
godly
life
,
open
praises
,
thanckesgiuing
,
and
sacrifice
for
his
deliuerance
.
27.
Dauid
deliuered
from
great
perils
giueth
thanckes
,
wherein
we
sée
his
constant
faith
against
the
assaults
of
al
his
enemies
,
and
the
end
why
he
desired
to
liue
&
to
be
deliuered
:
then
he
exhorteth
to
faith
and
to
attend
vppon
the
Lord
.
28.
Being
in
feare
and
pensiuenesse
to
sée
God
dishonored
by
wicked
men
,
he
crieth
for
vengeance
against
them
,
and
being
assured
that
God
hath
heard
him
,
he
commendeth
all
the
faithfull
to
his
tuition
.
29.
Dauid
exhorteth
Princes
,
who
for
the
most
part
thinke
there
is
no
God
,
at
least
to
feare
him
for
the
thunders
and
tempests
,
for
feare
whereof
all
creatures
tremble
:
and
albeit
it
threatneth
sinners
,
yet
it
moueth
his
to
praise
his
name
.
30.
When
Dauid
should
dedicate
his
house
to
the
Lord
,
he
fell
extreame
sicke
without
all
hope
of
life
,
and
therefore
The
Contents
.
after
recouery
he
thanked
God
,
exhorting
others
to
doe
the
like
,
and
learne
by
him
that
God
is
rather
mercifull
then
seuere
toward
his
,
also
that
aduersity
is
sudden
:
then
he
praieth
,
and
promiseth
to
praise
God
for
euer
.
31.
Dauid
,
deliuered
from
great
danger
,
sheweth
first
,
what
meditation
he
had
by
the
power
of
faith
,
when
death
was
before
his
eies
,
and
how
the
fauour
of
God
alwaies
is
ready
to
those
that
feare
him
:
hée
exhorteth
the
faithfull
to
trust
in
God
,
because
he
preserueth
him
.
32.
Dauid
,
punished
with
grieuous
sickenesse
for
his
sins
,
counteth
them
happy
to
whom
God
doth
not
impute
their
transgressions
:
and
after
that
he
had
confessed
his
sinnes
and
obtained
pardon
,
he
exhorteth
the
wicked
men
to
liue
godly
,
and
the
good
to
reioyce
.
33.
He
exhorteth
good
men
to
praise
God
for
creating
and
●o●erning
all
things
:
for
his
faithfull
promises
:
for
scattering
the
counsell
of
the
wicked
;
teaching
that
no
creature
preserueth
any
man
,
but
onely●
▪
is
mercy
.
34.
Dauid
●auing
escaped
Achis
,
1.
Samuel
21.
praised
God
for
his
deliuerance
,
giuing
others
example
to
trust
in
God
,
to
feare
and
serue
him
,
who
defendes
the
godly
with
his
Angels
and
vtterly
destroieth
the
wicked
in
their
sinnes
.
35.
Saules
flatterers
persecuted
Dauid
,
who
praieth
for
reuenge
,
that
his
innocency
may
be
declared
,
and
that
such
as
take
his
parte
may
reioyce
,
for
which
he
promiseth
to
magnifie
Gods
name
all
the
daies
of
his
life
.
36.
Dauid
vexed
by
the
wicked
,
complaineth
of
their
malice
,
but
considering
Gods
great
mercy
to
all
creatures
,
especially
towards
his
children
,
by
faith
thereof
he
is
comforted
and
assured
of
his
deliuerance
.
37.
Because
the
godly
should
not
be
daunted
to
sée
wicked
men
prosper
,
Dauid
sheweth
that
all
things
shall
be
granted
euen
with
hearts
desire
to
them
that
loue
and
feare
God
,
but
the
wicked
,
albeit
they
florish
for
a
time
,
shall
at
length
perish
.
38.
Dauid
,
sicke
of
some
grieuous
disease
,
acknowledgeth
himselfe
to
be
chastised
of
the
Lord
for
his
sinnes
,
and
therefore
prayeth
God
to
turne
away
his
wrath
,
but
in
the
end
with
firme
confidence
and
commending
his
cause
vnto
God
,
hopeth
for
spéedy
helpe
at
his
hand
.
39.
Dauid
hauing
determined
silence
,
yet
burst
foorth
into
The
Contents
.
words
that
he
would
not
,
through
his
bitter
griefe
,
for
hée
maketh
certaine
requests
which
tast
of
mens
infirmities
,
yet
mixed
with
many
praiers
,
and
all
to
shew
a
mind
wonderfully
troubled
,
that
it
may
appeare
how
he
did
striue
mightily
against
death
and
desperation
.
40.
Dauid
,
deliuered
from
great
danger
,
doth
magnifie
God
therefore
,
and
commendeth
his
prouidence
towards
all
man-kind
:
then
he
promiseth
to
giue
himselfe
wholy
to
Gods
seruice
,
and
declareth
how
God
is
truely
worshipped
:
afterward
he
giueth
thankes
,
and
hauing
complained
of
his
enemies
he
calleth
for
aide
and
succour
.
41.
Dauid
grieuously
afflicted
,
blessed
them
that
pitty
his
cause
,
complaining
of
faithlesse
friends
,
such
as
Iudas
.
Iohn
,
15.
then
he
giueth
thankes
for
Gods
mercy
in
chastising
him
gently
,
not
suffering
his
enemies
to
triumph
.
42.
Dauid
grieued
,
that
through
persecutors
he
could
not
be
present
in
the
Congregation
,
protesting
his
presence
in
heart
,
albeit
in
body
separate
,
at
last
●ee
sheweth
,
that
notwithstanding
these
sorrowes
and
thoughts
,
yet
hee
continually
putteth
his
confidence
in
the
Lord
.
43.
He
praieth
to
be
deliuered
from
them
which
conspire
with
Absalon
,
to
the
end
he
might
ioyfully
praise
God
in
his
Congregation
.
44.
A
most
earnest
praier
made
in
the
name
of
the
faithfull
,
in
persecution
,
for
sustaining
the
quarrell
of
Gods
word
;
as
in
Paul
,
Rom.
8.
45.
Salomon
his
Maiesty
,
honour
,
strength
,
beauty
,
riches
,
and
power
,
are
praised
:
his
mariage
with
the
Egyptian
:
an
heathen
woman
is
blest
if
that
she
renounce
her
people
and
country
,
and
giue
herselfe
wholy
to
her
husband
:
here
is
figured
the
wonderfull
Maiesty
and
increase
of
Christs
Kingdome
and
the
Church
his
spouse
,
now
taken
of
the
Gentiles
.
46.
A
song
of
thankesgiuing
for
the
deliuerance
of
Hierusalem
,
after
Senacherib
with
his
army
was
driuen
away
,
or
some
other
like
sudden
&
meruailous
deliuerance
by
the
mighty
hand
of
God
wherby
the
Prophet
commendeth
this
great
benefit
:
doth
exhort
the
faithfull
to
giue
themselues
wholly
to
the
hands
of
God
,
doubting
nothing
▪
but
that
vnder
his
protection
The
Contents
.
they
shall
be
safe
against
all
the
assaults
of
their
enemies
.
47.
An
exhortation
to
worship
God
for
his
mercies
towards
Iacobs
posterity
:
héerein
is
prophessed
the
kingdome
of
Christ
in
the
time
of
the
Gospell
.
48.
Thankes
are
giuen
to
God
for
the
notable
deliuerance
of
Ierusalem
from
the
hands
of
many
Kings
,
the
estate
whereof
is
praised
,
for
that
God
is
present
at
all
times
to
defend
it
.
This
Psalme
séemeth
to
be
made
in
the
time
of
Ahaz
,
●o●aphat
,
Asa
,
or
Ezechia
for
then
chiefely
was
the
Citty
by
forraigne
Princes
assaulted
.
49.
Gods
Spirit
mooueth
the
consideration
of
mans
life
,
shewing
that
the
welthiest
are
not
happiest
,
but
noteth
how
all
things
are
ruled
by
Gods
prouidence
,
who
as
he
iudgeth
these
worldly
misers
to
euerlasting
torments
,
so
doth
he
preserue
his
,
and
will
reward
them
in
the
day
of
his
resurrection
.
1.
Thess.
1.
50.
Hée
prophesieth
how
God
will
call
all
Nations
by
the
Gospell
,
and
require
no
other
sacrifice
of
his
people
but
confession
of
his
benefites
and
thankes
giuing
,
and
how
he
detesteth
all
such
as
séeme
zealous
of
ceremonies
,
and
not
of
the
pure
word
of
God
onely
.
51.
Dauid
rebuked
by
the
Prophet
Nathan
for
his
great
offences
,
acknowledged
the
same
to
God
,
protesting
his
naturall
corruption
,
wherefore
he
prayeth
God
to
forgiue
his
sinnes
and
ren●e
in
him
his
holy
Spirit
,
promising
that
he
will
not
be
vnmindfull
of
those
great
graces
:
finally
fearing
least
God
would
punish
the
whole
Church
for
his
fault
,
he
requireth
that
he
would
rather
encrease
his
graces
towards
the
same
.
52.
Dauid
describeth
the
arrogant
tyranny
of
Doeg
Sauls
chiefe
shéepe-heard
,
who
by
false
surmises
caused
Abimele●k
and
the
Priests
to
be
slaine
:
he
prophesieth
his
destruction
,
encourageth
the
faithfull
to
trust
in
God
who
most
sharpely
reuengeth
his
:
and
rendreth
thankes
for
his
deliuerance
:
herein
is
liuely
set
foorth
the
kingdome
of
Antichrist
.
53.
Dauid
describeth
the
crooked
nature
,
the
cruelty
and
punishment
of
the
wicked
,
when
they
looke
not
for
it
,
and
desireth
the
deliuerance
of
the
godly
that
they
may
reioyce
together
.
The
Contents
.
54.
Dauid
in
great
danger
through
Zephims
calleth
vpon
God
to
destroy
his
enemies
,
promising
sacrifice
for
his
deliuerance
.
55.
Dauid
in
great
distresse
complaineth
of
Sauls
cruelty
,
and
falsehood
of
his
familiar
acquaintance
,
effectuously
mo●uing
the
Lord
to
pitty
him
:
then
assured
of
deliuerance
he
setteth
foorth
the
grace
of
God
as
if
he
had
already
obteined
his
request
.
56.
Dauid
being
brought
to
Achis
the
King
of
Gath
2.
Sam.
21.
12.
complaineth
of
his
enemies
,
demandeth
succour
,
trusteth
in
God
,
and
promiseth
to
performe
his
vow
,
which
was
to
praise
God
in
his
Church
.
57.
Dauid
in
the
desart
of
Ziph
betrayed
by
the
inhabitants
,
and
in
the
same
cause
with
Saul
,
calleth
vnto
God
with
full
confidence
that
he
will
performe
his
promise
and
shew
his
glory
in
Heauen
and
earth
against
the
cruell
enemies
,
there
▪
fore
he
rendreth
laude
and
praise
.
58.
Hée
describeth
his
malitious
enemies
,
Sauls
flatterers
,
who
secretly
and
openly
sought
his
destruction
,
from
whome
he
appealeth
to
Gods
iudgement
,
shewing
that
the
iust
shall
reioyce
at
the
punishment
of
the
wicked
,
to
Gods
glory
.
59.
Dauid
,
in
great
danger
of
Saul
,
who
sent
to
stay
him
in
his
bed
,
declareth
his
innocency
and
their
fury
,
praying
God
to
destroy
all
malitious
sinners
who
liue
for
a
time
to
exercise
his
people
,
but
in
the
end
consume
in
his
wrath
to
Gods
glory
:
for
this
he
singeth
praise
to
God
,
assured
of
his
mercies
.
60.
Dauid
,
now
King
ouer
Iuda
,
after
many
victories
sheweth
by
euident
signes
that
God
elected
him
King
,
assuring
the
people
that
God
will
prosper
them
if
they
approue
the
same
:
after
he
prayeth
vnto
God
to
finish
that
he
begun
.
61.
Whether
he
were
in
danger
of
the
Ammonites
,
or
pursued
of
Absolon
,
heere
he
cryeth
to
be
deliuered
and
confirmed
in
his
kingdome
,
promising
perpetuall
praises
.
62.
Dauid
declareth
by
example
and
name
of
God
that
he
and
all
people
must
trust
in
God
alone
,
séeing
that
all
without
God
goeth
t●
nought
who
onely
is
of
power
to
saue
,
and
that
he
rewardeth
man
according
to
his
workes
.
63.
Dauid
after
his
danger
of
Ziph
,
giueth
thankes
to
God
for
his
wonderfull
deliuerance
,
in
whose
mercies
hée
The
Contents
.
trusteth
,
euen
in
the
middest
of
misery
:
prophecying
the
destruction
of
Gods
enemies
,
and
contrariwise
happiness●
to
all
them
that
trust
in
the
Lord.
2.
Samuel
,
3.
64.
Dauid
praieth
against
the
false
reporters
and
●landerers
,
he
declareth
their
punishment
and
destruction
,
to
the
comfort
of
the
iust
,
and
the
glory
of
God
.
65.
A
thankesgiuing
vnto
God
by
the
faithfull
,
who
are
signified
by
Sion
and
Hierusalem
:
for
the
choosing
,
preseruation
and
gouernance
of
them
,
and
for
the
plen●ifull
blessing
powred
forth
vppon
the
earth
.
66.
He
erhorteth
to
praise
the
Lord
in
his
wonderfull
workes
:
he
setteth
forth
the
power
of
God
to
affray
rebels
:
and
sheweth
Gods
mercy
to
Israel
,
and
to
prouoke
all
men
to
heare
and
praise
his
name
.
67.
A
swe●t
praier
for
al
the
faithfull
to
obtaine
the
fauour
of
God
,
and
to
be
lightned
with
his
countenance
,
to
the
end
that
his
way
and
●●dgem●nt
may
be
knowne
throughout
the
earth
▪
reioycing
that
God
is
the
gouernor
of
all
nations
.
68.
Dauid
expresseth
the
wonderfull
mercies
of
God
towards
his
people
,
who
by
all
meanes
and
most
strange
sorts
declareth
himselfe
to
them
:
Gods
Church
therefore
by
reason
of
his
premises
,
grace
and
vi●tori●s
,
doth
excell
all
worldly
things
,
wherefore
all
men
are
moued
to
praise
God
for
euer
.
69.
Christ
and
his
elect
are
figured
in
Dauids
zeale
and
ang●●●h
,
the
malicious
cruelty
of
whose
enemies
and
their
punishment
,
Iudas
and
such
traitors
noteth
who
are
accursed
:
then
gathereth
he
courage
in
afflictions
,
and
offereth
praises
to
God
,
which
are
more
acceptable
then
all
sacrifices
:
finally
he
doth
prouoke
all
creatures
to
praises
:
prophecying
of
the
Kingdome
of
Christ
and
building
of
Iuda
,
where
all
the
faithfull
and
their
séed
shall
dwell
for
euer
.
70.
He
praieth
to
be
right
spéedily
deliuered
;
his
enemies
to
be
ashamed
:
and
all
séeke
the
Lord
to
be
comforted
.
71.
He
praieth
in
faith
established
by
promise
,
and
confirmed
by
the
worke
of
God
from
his
youth
,
to
be
deliuered
from
his
wicked
and
cruell
sonne
Absalon
,
with
his
consederacy
,
promising
to
be
thankefull
therefore
.
72.
Gods
Kingdome
by
Christ
is
represented
by
Salomon
,
The
Contents
.
vnder
whome
shall
be
righteousnesse
,
peace
and
felicity
,
vnto
whom
all
Kings
and
nations
shall
doe
homage
,
whose
name
and
power
shall
endure
for
euer
.
73.
Dauid
teacheth
that
neither
the
prosperity
of
the
vngodly
,
nor
the
affliction
of
the
good
,
ought
to
discourage
Gods
children
,
but
rather
mooue
them
to
consider
Gods
prouidence
,
and
to
reuerence
his
iudgements
,
for
that
the
wicked
vanish
away
like
smoke
,
and
the
godly
enter
into
life
euerlasting
,
in
hope
whereof
he
resigneth
himselfe
to
Gods
hands
.
74.
The
faithfull
complaint
of
the
destruction
of
the
Church
and
true
Religion
vnder
the
name
of
Sion
,
and
the
Altars
destroyed
,
and
trusting
in
the
might
and
free
mercies
of
God
,
by
his
couenant
they
require
helpe
and
succour
for
the
glory
of
Gods
holy
name
,
the
saluation
of
his
poore
afflicted
seruants
,
and
the
confusion
of
his
proud
enemies
.
75.
The
faithfull
praise
the
name
of
the
Lord
,
which
shall
come
to
iudge
at
the
time
appointed
,
when
the
wicked
shall
be
●ut
to
confusion
,
and
drincke
the
cup
of
his
wrath
,
their
p●id●
shall
be
abated
,
and
the
righteous
shall
be
exalted
to
honour
76.
This
Psalme
setteth
forth
the
power
of
God
,
and
care
for
the
defence
of
his
people
in
Hierusalem
,
the
destruction
of
the
army
of
Senacherib
,
and
exhorteth
the
faithfull
to
be
thankefull
for
the
same
.
77.
The
Prophet
in
the
name
of
the
Church
,
rehearseth
the
greatnesse
of
his
affliction
,
and
his
grieuous
temptation
whereby
he
was
driuen
to
this
end
,
to
consider
his
former
conuersation
,
and
the
continuall
course
of
Gods
workes
,
in
the
preseruation
of
his
seruant
,
and
so
he
confirmeth
his
faith
against
these
temptations
.
78.
He
sheweth
how
God
of
his
mercy
chose
the
Church
of
the
posterity
of
Abraham
,
casting
in
their
téeth
the
rebellion
of
their
fathers
,
that
their
children
might
acknowledge
Gods
frée
mercy
,
and
be
ashamed
of
their
peruerse
ancestors
:
the
holy
Ghost
hath
comprehended
as
it
were
the
summe
of
al
Gods
benefits
,
that
the
grosse
people
might
sée
in
few
words
the
effect
The
Contents
.
of
the
whole
histories
.
79.
The
Israelites
complaint
to
God
,
for
the
calamity
that
they
suffered
,
when
Antiochus
destroied
their
Temple
and
Citty
,
desiring
aide
against
his
tyranny
,
least
God
and
his
Religion
should
be
contemned
by
the
heathen
,
who
should
sée
him
for
saken
and
perish
.
80.
A
lamentable
praier
to
God
to
helpe
the
misery
of
the
Church
,
destring
him
to
consider
the
first
estate
when
his
fauour
shined
towards
them
,
that
hée
might
finish
that
worke
which
he
had
begun
.
81.
An
exhortation
to
praise
God
for
his
benefits
,
condemning
their
ingratitude
.
82.
Dauid
declaring
God
to
be
present
with
Iudges
,
and
Magistrates
,
reproueth
their
partiality
and
vnrighteousnes
,
and
exhorteth
them
to
doe
iustice
,
but
séeing
no
amendment
,
he
desireth
God
to
execute
Iustice
himselfe
.
83.
The
Israelites
pray
the
Lord
to
deliuer
them
from
their
enemies
,
both
at
home
and
farre
off
▪
also
that
all
such
wicked
people
be
striken
with
his
stormy
tempests
,
that
they
may
know
his
power
.
84.
Dauid
exiled
his
country
,
desireth
ardently
to
returne
to
Gods
Tabernacle
,
and
assembly
of
the
Saints
,
to
praise
God
:
then
hee
praiseth
the
courage
of
the
people
,
that
passe
the
wildernesse
to
assemble
themselues
in
Sion
.
85.
Because
God
withdrewe
not
his
rods
from
his
Church
after
the
returne
from
Babilon
:
first
they
put
him
in
minde
that
he
should
not
leaue
the
workes
of
his
grace
vnperfect
:
and
complaine
of
their
long
affliction
:
then
they
reioyce
in
hope
of
promised
deliuerance
,
which
was
a
figure
of
Christs
Kingdome
,
vnder
whome
should
be
perfect
felicity
.
86.
Dauid
sore
afflicted
praieth
feruently
for
deliuerance
,
sometimes
rehearsing
his
miseries
and
mercies
receiued
,
desiring
also
to
be
instructed
of
the
Lord
,
that
he
may
feare
and
glorifie
his
name
:
he
complaineth
also
of
his
aduersaries
,
and
requireth
to
be
deliuered
from
them
.
The
Contents
.
87.
The
holy
Ghost
promiseth
that
the
Church
,
as
yet
in
misery
after
the
captiuity
of
Babilon
,
should
be
restored
to
great
excellence
,
so
that
nothing
should
be
more
comfortable
,
then
to
be
numbred
among
the
members
thereof
.
88.
The
faithfull
sore
afflicted
by
sicknesse
,
persecution
,
aduersity
,
and
as
it
were
left
of
God
without
any
consolation
,
yet
call
on
God
by
faith
,
and
striue
against
desperation
.
89.
Dauid
praised
God
for
his
couenante
made
betwéene
him
and
his
elect
,
by
Iesus
Christ
:
then
he
complaineth
of
the
desolation
of
his
Kingdome
,
so
that
the
promise
séemed
to
be
broken
,
but
finally
he
praieth
to
be
deliuered
from
afflictions
,
mentioning
the
shortnesse
of
mans
life
:
and
confirming
himselfe
by
Gods
promises
.
90.
Moses
séeing
the
people
neither
admonished
by
the
breuity
of
their
life
,
nor
by
plagues
,
to
be
thankefull
,
praieth
God
to
turne
their
hearts
,
and
continue
his
mercy
towards
them
,
and
their
posterity
for
euer
.
91.
Here
he
describeth
the
assurance
he
liueth
in
,
that
committeth
himselfe
wholy
to
Gods
protection
in
all
temptations
:
a
promise
of
God
to
those
that
loue
him
,
know
him
,
and
trust
in
him
,
to
deliuer
them
and
giue
them
immortall
glory
.
92.
A
Psalme
of
the
Sabaoth
,
to
stirre
vp
the
people
to
acknowledge
and
praise
God
in
his
workes
:
Dauid
reioyceth
therein
,
but
the
wicked
consider
not
that
the
vngoldly
when
he
is
most
flourishing
,
shall
most
speedily
perish
:
in
the
end
is
described
the
felicity
of
the
iust
,
planted
in
the
house
of
God
in
praise
of
the
Lord
.
93.
He
praiseth
the
power
of
God
in
the
creation
of
the
world
,
and
beateth
downe
all
people
which
lift
the●
vp
against
his
Maiesty
,
and
prouoketh
to
consider
his
promises
.
94.
He
praieth
to
God
against
the
violence
of
Tyrants
,
and
comforteth
the
afflicted
by
the
good
issue
of
their
afflictions
,
and
by
the
ruine
of
the
wicked
.
95.
An
earnest
exhortation
to
praise
God
for
the
gouernment
The
Contents
.
of
the
world
,
and
election
of
his
Church
,
to
eschew
the
rebellion
of
the
old
fathers
,
who
tempted
God
in
the
wildernes
,
and
therefore
entred
not
the
land
of
promise
.
96.
An
exhortation
both
to
the
Iewes
and
Gentiles
,
to
praise
God
for
his
mercy
,
and
this
specially
ought
to
be
referred
to
the
Kingdome
of
Christ
.
97.
Dauid
exhorteth
all
to
reioyce
for
the
comming
of
the
Kingdome
of
Christ
,
dreadfull
to
the
rebells
and
Idolators
,
and
ioyfull
to
the
iust
,
whome
he
exhorteth
to
innocency
,
to
reioycing
and
thankesgiuing
.
98.
An
earnest
exhortation
to
all
creatures
to
praise
the
Lord
,
for
his
power
,
mercy
,
and
fidelity
in
his
promise
by
Christ
,
by
whome
he
hath
communicated
his
saluation
to
al
nations
.
99.
He
commendeth
the
power
,
equity
,
&
excellency
,
of
the
Kingdome
of
God
by
Christ
,
ouer
th●
Iewes
and
Gentiles
,
prouoking
them
to
magnifie
the
same
,
and
to
●●are
the
Lord
as
the
ancient
fathers
,
Moses
,
Aaron
and
Samuel
,
who
calling
vppon
God
were
heard
in
their
praiers
.
100.
He
exhorteth
all
men
to
serue
the
Lord
,
who
hath
made
vs
to
enter
into
his
Courts
and
assemblies
to
praise
his
name
.
101.
Dauid
describeth
what
gouernment
he
will
obserue
in
his
house
and
kingdome
,
by
r●●ting
out
the
wicked
and
cherishing
the
godly
persons
.
102.
It
seemeth
that
this
prayer
was
appoynted
to
the
faithfull
to
pray
in
the
captu●●ty
of
Babilon
▪
a
consolation
for
the
building
of
the
Church
,
whereof
followeth
the
praise
of
God
to
be
publ●●hed
vnto
all
posterities
:
the
conuersion
of
the
Gentiles
,
and
●tability
of
the
Church
.
103.
The
Prophet
prouoketh
men
and
Angells
,
and
all
creatures
to
praise
the
Lord
,
for
his
fatherly
mercies
in
deliuering
of
his
people
from
euills
,
in
his
prouidence
ouer
all
things
,
in
preseruation
of
the
faithfull
.
104.
A
thankes
giuing
for
the
creation
of
the
world
,
and
gouernance
of
the
same
,
by
his
meruailous
prouidence
:
also
The
Contents
.
a
praier
against
the
wicked
,
who
are
the
occasion
that
God
diminisheth
his
blessings
.
105.
He
praiseth
the
singular
goodnes
of
God
,
for
choosing
a
peculiar
people
to
himselfe
,
neuer
ceasing
to
doe
them
good
,
for
his
promise
sake
.
106.
The
people
d●spearsed
v●…
Antiochus
do
magnifie
the
goodnes
of
God
,
among
their
repentant
:
and
prayeth
to
be
gathered
from
among
the
heathen
,
that
they
may
praise
his
name
.
107.
Dauid
exhorteth
all
,
that
are
red●emed
by
the
Lord
,
and
gathered
vnto
him
,
to
giue
thankes
therefore
:
who
by
sending
prosperity
and
aduersitie
,
bringeth
men
vnto
him
.
Therefore
as
the
righteous
there
reioyce
,
so
shall
the
wicked
haue
their
mo●thes
s●op●●●
.
108.
Dauid
,
●●●●
Har●●
an●●●●c●
,
praiseth
the
Lord
,
and
assureth
himselfe
of
〈…〉
of
God
,
concerning
his
kingdome
●u●r
Israel
,
●nd
〈…〉
again●
other
Nations
▪
who
though
he
séeme
to
forsake
vs
for
a
time
,
yet
he
alone
in
the
end
,
will
cast
downe
our
enemies
.
109.
Dauid
being
falsely
accused
by
Sauls
flatterers
,
prayeth
God
to
helpe
him
to
destroy
his
enemies
:
who
represent
Iudas
the
traytor
vnto
Iesus
Christ
:
and
all
like
enemies
of
the
children
of
God
.
110.
Dauid
prophesieth
of
the
power
,
and
euerlasting
kingdome
of
Christ
:
and
of
his
priest-hood
,
which
should
put
an
end
to
the
priest-hood
of
Leui.
111.
He
giueth
thankes
to
the
Lord
,
for
his
maruailous
workes
towards
his
Church
:
and
declareth
,
wherein
true
wisdome
,
and
right
knowledge
consisteth
.
112.
He
praiseth
the
felicitie
of
them
that
feare
God
,
and
condenmeth
the
cursed
state
of
the
contemners
of
God
.
113.
An
exhortation
to
praise
the
Lord
for
his
prouidence
in
that
,
that
contrary
to
the
course
of
nature
,
he
worketh
in
his
Church
.
114.
Israel
deliuered
out
of
Egipt
,
putteth
vs
in
remembrance
The
Contents
.
of
Gods
great
mercies
towards
his
children
,
and
of
our
vnthankfulnes
for
the
same
.
115.
The
faithfull
oppressed
by
Idolatrous
Tyrants
,
promise
that
they
will
not
be
vnmindefull
of
so
great
a
benifite
,
if
it
would
please
God
to
heare
their
praier
,
and
deliuer
them
by
his
omnipotent
power
,
116.
Dauid
being
in
great
daunger
of
Saul
in
the
desart
of
Maon
,
perceiuing
the
great
,
&
inestimable
loue
of
God
towards
him
:
magnifieth
such
great
mercies
:
and
protesteth
that
he
will
be
thankefull
for
the
same
.
117.
He
exhorteth
the
Gentiles
to
praise
God
,
because
he
hath
accomplished
aswell
to
them
as
to
the
Iewes
,
the
promise
of
life
euerlasting
,
by
Iesus
Christ
.
118.
Dauid
,
reiected
of
Saul
,
and
of
the
people
,
at
the
time
appointed
obtained
the
kingdome
,
for
the
which
he
biddeth
all
them
that
feare
the
Lord
,
to
be
thankefull
:
vnder
whose
person
,
Christ
is
liuely
set
forth
,
who
should
be
of
his
people
reiected
.
119.
The
Prophet
wonderfully
commendeth
Gods
Law
;
wherein
he
cannot
satisfie
himselfe
,
nor
expresse
sufficiently
his
affection
thereunto
,
adding
notable
complaintes
,
and
consolations
méete
for
the
faithfull
to
haue
both
in
heart
and
voice
:
and
in
the
Hebrewe
,
euery
eight
verses
begin
with
one
letter
of
the
Alphabet
.
120.
Dauid
banished
from
among
the
barbarous
Arabians
,
through
false
reports
of
enuious
flatterers
,
lamenteth
his
long
abode
among
such
infidels
giuen
to
all
kind
of
wickednesse
and
contention
.
121.
The
Prophet
sheweth
by
his
owne
example
,
that
the
faithfull
ought
to
looke
for
all
their
succour
of
God
alone
,
who
will
gouerne
and
giue
good
successe
to
all
their
godly
enterprises
.
122.
Dauid
reioyceth
that
God
accomplisheth
his
promise
,
and
placed
his
Arke
in
Sion
,
giuing
thankes
and
praying
for
the
prosperity
of
the
Church
.
123.
A
praier
of
the
faithfull
,
which
are
afflicted
by
the
wicked
worldlings
,
and
contemners
of
God
.
124.
The
faithfull
deliuered
from
great
danger
,
acknowledge
The
Contents
.
not
to
haue
escaped
by
their
owne
power
,
but
through
the
fauour
of
God
.
125.
He
describeth
the
assurance
of
the
faithfull
in
their
afflictions
,
and
desireth
their
wealth
,
and
the
destruction
of
the
wicked
.
126.
This
Psalme
was
made
after
the
returne
of
the
people
from
Babilon
,
and
sheweth
that
the
meane
of
their
deliuerance
was
wonderfull
,
after
the
70.
yéeres
of
captiuity
,
for●
▪
spoken
by
Ieremie
25.
12.
and
29.
10.
127.
It
is
not
mans
wit
,
power
,
or
labor
,
but
the
frée
goodnesse
of
God
that
giueth
riches
,
preserueth
Townes
,
and
Countries
,
giueth
nourishment
and
children
.
128.
Here
is
described
the
prosperous
estate
of
persons
married
,
in
the
feare
of
God
and
the
promises
of
Gods
blessings
,
to
all
them
that
liue
in
this
honorable
estate
,
according
to
his
commandements
.
129.
He
admo●isheth
the
Church
,
though
afflicted
in
all
ages
,
for
God
will
deliue●
it
,
and
suddenly
destroy
the
enemies
thereof
.
130.
An
effectuous
praier
to
obtaine
mercy
and
forgiuenesse
of
his
sinnes
,
and
a●
length
deliuerance
from
all
euils
.
131.
Daui●
charged
with
ambition
protesteth
his
humility
before
God
.
132.
The
faithfull
grounded
vppon
Gods
promise
made
vnto
Dauid
,
desireth
that
he
would
establish
the
same
both
as
touching
his
posterity
,
and
the
building
of
the
Temple
,
to
pray
there
as
was
before
spoken
.
133.
The
commendations
of
godly
and
brotherly
amity
compared
to
the
most
pretious
oyle
mentioned
in
Exodus
.
30.
134.
He
exhorteth
the
Leuites
that
watch
in
the
Temple
to
praise
the
Lord
.
135.
Hee
exhorteth
all
the
faithfull
to
praise
God
for
his
maruellous
workes
and
graces
,
wherein
hée
hath
declared
his
Maie●tie
,
to
the
confusion
of
all
Idolaters
.
136.
An
earnest
exhortation
,
to
giue
thankes
vnto
God
The
Contents
.
for
the
creation
and
gouernance
of
all
things
.
137.
The
Israelites
in
their
captiuity
,
hearing
the
Chaldeans
reproche
and
blaspheme
God
and
his
Religion
,
desire
God
to
punish
the
Edomites
,
who
prouoketh
the
Babil●mans
against
them
,
and
prophecieth
the
destruction
of
Babilon
.
138.
Dauid
praiseth
the
goodnesse
of
God
towards
him
,
for
which
euen
forraine
Princes
shall
praise
the
Lord
,
together
with
him
,
and
he
is
assured
to
haue
like
comfort
of
God
,
hereafter
as
heretofore
.
139.
Dauid
to
cleanse
his
heart
from
all
hipocrisie
,
sheweth
that
nothing
is
so
secret
which
God
séeth
not
:
after
declaring
his
zeale
and
feare
of
God
,
he
protesteth
to
be
enemy
to
all
them
that
contemne
God
.
140.
Dauid
praieth
vnto
the
Lord
,
against
the
cruelty
,
falshood
,
and
iniuries
of
his
enemies
,
assuring
himselfe
of
his
succour
:
wherefore
he
prouoketh
the
iust
to
praise
the
Lord
,
and
to
assure
themselues
of
his
tuition
.
141.
Dauid
being
grieuously
persecuted
vnder
Saul
,
desireth
succour
and
patience
,
till
God
take
vengeance
of
his
enemies
.
142.
Dauid
neither
for
feare
nor
anger
,
would
kill
Saul
,
but
with
a
quiet
minde
praied
vnto
God
,
who
preserued
him
.
143.
An
earnest
prayer
for
remission
of
sinnes
,
acknowledging
that
the
enemies
did
cruelly
persecute
him
by
Gods
iust
iudgement
:
he
desireth
to
be
restored
to
grace
,
to
be
gouerned
by
his
holy
spirit
,
that
he
may
spend
the
rest
of
his
life
in
the
true
feare
and
seruice
of
God
.
144.
Dauid
praiseth
the
Lord
for
his
victories
,
and
Kingdome
restored
,
yet
calling
for
the
destruction
of
the
wicked
,
and
declareth
wherein
the
felicity
of
any
people
consisteth
.
145.
Dauid
describeth
the
wonderfull
prouidence
of
The
Contents
.
God
,
in
gouerning
and
preseruing
all
the
other
creatures
:
he
praiseth
God
for
his
iustice
,
mercy
,
and
speciall
louing
kindenesse
towards
those
that
cast
vppon
him
,
that
feare
and
loue
him
.
146
Dauid
teacheth
that
none
should
put
their
trust
in
men
,
but
in
God
alone
who
is
almighty
,
and
deliuereth
the
afflicted
,
nourisheth
the
poore
,
setteth
prisoners
at
liberty
,
comforteth
the
fatherlesse
,
widdowes
,
strangers
,
and
is
King
for
euer
.
147
The
Prophet
praiseth
the
bounty
,
wisedome
,
power
,
Iustice
,
and
prouidence
of
God
,
vppon
all
his
creatures
,
but
especially
vppon
his
Church
,
which
he
gathered
together
after
their
dispersion
,
declaring
his
word
and
iudgement
so
vnto
them
,
as
he
had
done
to
no
other
people
.
148.
He
prouoketh
all
creatures
to
praise
the
Lord
in
heauen
and
in
all
places
,
especially
for
the
power
that
he
had
giuen
to
his
people
Israel
.
149.
An
exhortation
to
the
Church
,
to
praise
the
Lord
for
his
victorie
and
conquest
,
that
he
giueth
the
Saints
against
The
Contents
.
all
mans
power
.
150.
An
exhortation
to
praise
the
Lord
without
ceasing
,
by
all
manner
of
waies
,
for
all
his
mighty
and
wonderfull
workes
▪
FINIS
.